Australian Capital Territory Bills
[Index]
[Search]
[Download]
[Related Items]
[Help]
This is a Bill, not an Act. For current law, see the Acts databases.
PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT BILL 2006
2006
THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY
FOR THE AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL
TERRITORY
(As presented)
(Minister for Planning)
Planning
and Development Bill 2006
Contents
Page
Part
4.1 Interpretation—sch
4 358
Part 4.2 Development
proposals requiring EIS—activities 360
Part 4.3 Development
proposals requiring EIS—areas and processes 364
2006
THE LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY
FOR THE AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL
TERRITORY
(As presented)
(Minister for Planning)
Planning and
Development Bill 2006
A Bill for
An Act about planning and development in the ACT
The Legislative Assembly for the Australian Capital Territory enacts as
follows:
This Act is the Planning and Development Act 2006.
This Act commences on a day fixed by the Minister by written
notice.
Note 1 The naming and commencement provisions automatically commence
on the notification day (see Legislation Act, s 75 (1)).
Note 2 A single day or time may be fixed, or different days or times
may be fixed, for the commencement of different provisions (see Legislation Act,
s 77 (1)).
Note 3 If a provision has not commenced within 6 months beginning on
the notification day, it automatically commences on the first day after that
period (see Legislation Act, s 79).
The dictionary at the end of this Act is part of this Act.
Note 1 The dictionary at the end of this Act defines certain terms
used in this Act, and includes references (signpost definitions)
to other terms defined elsewhere.
For example, the signpost definition ‘conservation
requirement—see the Heritage Act 2004, dictionary.’
means that the term ‘conservation requirement’ is defined in that
dictionary and the definition applies to this Act.
Note 2 A definition in the dictionary (including a signpost
definition) applies to the entire Act unless the definition, or another
provision of the Act, provides otherwise or the contrary intention otherwise
appears (see Legislation Act, s 155 and s 156 (1)).
A note included in this Act is explanatory and is not part of this
Act.
Note See the Legislation Act, s 127 (1), (4) and (5) for the
legal status of notes.
5 Offences
against Act—application of Criminal Code etc
Other legislation applies in relation to offences against this
Act.
Note 1 Criminal Code
The Criminal Code, ch 2 applies to all offences against this Act (see Code,
pt 2.1).
The chapter sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility
(including burdens of proof and general defences), and defines terms used for
offences to which the Code applies (eg conduct,
intention, recklessness and strict
liability).
Note 2 Penalty units
The Legislation Act, s 133 deals with the meaning of offence penalties that
are expressed in penalty units.
Chapter
2 Object and important
concepts
The object of this Act is to provide a planning and land system that
contributes to the orderly and sustainable development of the
ACT—
(a) consistent with the social, environmental and economic aspirations of
the people of the ACT; and
(b) in accordance with sound financial principles.
Note This Act, like all Territory Acts, has no effect to the extent
that it is inconsistent with the national capital plan, but is taken to be
consistent with the national capital plan to the extent that it can operate
concurrently with it (see Australian Capital Territory (Planning and Land
Management) Act 1988 (Cwlth), s 11 (1)).
In this Act:
development, in relation to land, means the
following:
(a) building, altering or demolishing a building or structure on the
land;
(b) carrying out earthworks or other construction work on or under the
land;
(c) carrying out work that would affect the landscape of the
land;
(d) using the land, or a building or structure on the land;
(e) beginning a new use of the land, or a building or structure on the
land;
(f) changing a use of the land, or a building or structure on the land,
whether by adding a use or stopping a use and substituting another
use;
Note Development approval is not
required for continuing use lawfully commenced (see s 195 and s
198).
(g) subdividing or consolidating land (whether by lease variation or
otherwise);
(h) varying a lease relating to the land (including varying by surrender
of the lease and grant of a new lease in different terms);
(i) varying a lease granted as a concessional lease by surrender and
regrant of the lease as a market value lease;
(j) putting up, attaching or displaying a sign or advertising material
otherwise than in accordance with a licence issued under this Act or permit
under the Roads and Public Places Act 1937.
8 Meaning
of sustainable development
For this Act:
sustainable development means the effective integration of
social, economic and environmental considerations in decision-making processes,
achievable through implementation of the following principles:
(a) the precautionary principle;
(b) the inter-generational equity principle;
(c) conservation of biological diversity and ecological
integrity;
(d) appropriate valuation and pricing of environmental
resources.
the inter-generational equity principle means that the
present generation should ensure that the health, diversity and productivity of
the environment is maintained or enhanced for the benefit of future
generations.
the precautionary principle means that, if there is a threat
of serious or irreversible environmental damage, a lack of full scientific
certainty should not be used as a reason for postponing measures to prevent
environmental degradation.
Chapter
3 The planning and land authority and
chief planning executive
Part
3.1 The planning and land
authority
9 Establishment
of authority
(1) The Planning and Land Authority is established.
(2) The planning and land authority—
(a) is a body corporate; and
(b) must have a seal.
(3) The chief planning executive is the planning and land
authority.
10 Territory
bound by actions of authority
Anything done in the name of, or for, the planning and land authority by
the chief planning executive in exercising a function of the authority is taken
to have been done for, and binds, the Territory.
Part
3.2 Functions of planning and land
authority
(1) The planning and land authority has the following functions:
(a) to prepare and administer the territory plan;
(b) to continually review the territory plan and propose amendments as
necessary;
(c) to plan and regulate the development of land;
(d) to advise on planning and land policy, including the broad spatial
planning framework for the ACT;
(e) to maintain the digital cadastral database under the Districts Act
2002;
(f) to make available land information;
(g) to grant, administer, vary and end leases on behalf of the
Executive;
Note Under s 230 the planning and land
authority is authorised to grant, on behalf of the Executive, leases the
Executive may grant on behalf of the Commonwealth.
(h) to grant licences over unleased territory land;
(i) to decide applications for approval to undertake
development;
(j) to regulate the building industry;
(k) to make controlled activity orders under part 11.3 (Controlled
activity orders) and take other compliance and enforcement action under this Act
and other territory laws;
(l) to provide planning services, including services to entities outside
the ACT;
Note The planning and land authority may
only provide planning services to somebody other than the Territory with the
Minister’s approval (see s 16).
(m) to review its own decisions;
(n) to provide opportunities for community consultation about, and
participation in, planning decisions;
(o) to promote public education and understanding of the planning process,
including by providing easily accessible public information and documentation on
planning and land use.
(2) The planning and land authority may exercise any other function given
to the authority under this Act, another territory law or a Commonwealth
law.
Note A provision of a law that gives an entity (including a
person) a function also gives the entity powers necessary and convenient to
exercise the function (see Legislation Act, s 196 and dict, pt 1, def
entity).
(3) The planning and land authority must exercise its
functions—
(a) in a way that, as far as practicable, gives effect to sustainable
development; and
(b) taking into consideration the statement of planning intent.
Note 1 For the meaning of sustainable development, see
s 8. The statement of planning intent is dealt with in s 15.
Note 2 The planning and land authority must not do anything
inconsistent with the territory plan (see s 49) or the national capital plan
(see Australian Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988
(Cwlth), s 11).
12 Authority
to comply with directions
The planning and land authority must comply with any directions given to
the authority under this Act or another territory law.
Note The Minister may give the planning and land authority
directions under s 13, s 61, s 75, s 97, s 99, s 154, s 238 (2) and s
316.
Part
3.3 Operations of planning and land
authority
13 Ministerial
directions to authority
(1) The Minister may give a written direction to the planning and land
authority—
(a) about the general policies the authority must follow; or
(b) requiring the authority to revise the territory plan, or a provision
of the plan, or review the plan.
(2) Before giving a direction the Minister must—
(a) tell the planning and land authority about the proposed direction;
and
(b) give the authority a reasonable opportunity to comment on the proposed
direction; and
(c) consider any comment made by the authority.
(3) The Minister must—
(a) present a copy of a direction to the Legislative Assembly not later
than 6 sitting days after the day it is given to the planning and land
authority; and
(b) if the copy would not be presented to the Legislative Assembly before
the end of the period of 10 working days after the day the direction is given to
the authority—give a copy to the members of the Assembly before the end of
the 10-day period.
(4) If subsection (3) is not complied with, the direction is taken to have
been revoked at the end of the period when the copy of the direction should have
been presented or, if the copy should also have been given to members of the
Legislative Assembly, when the copy of the direction should have been given to
the members.
(5) A direction is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
14 Assembly
may recommend directions to authority
(1) The Legislative Assembly may, by resolution, recommend that the
Minister give the planning and land authority a stated direction under section
13.
(2) The Minister must consider the recommended direction and must
either—
(a) direct the planning and land authority under section 13; or
(b) tell the Legislative Assembly that the Minister does not propose to
direct the authority as recommended and explain why.
(3) A direction mentioned in subsection (2) (a) may be in accordance with
the Legislative Assembly’s resolution or as changed by the
Minister.
15 Statement
of planning intent
(1) The Minister may give the planning and land authority a written
statement (the statement of planning intent) that sets out the
main principles that are to govern planning and land development in the
ACT.
(2) The Minister must—
(a) present a copy of the statement of planning intent to the Legislative
Assembly not later than 6 sitting days after the day it is given to the planning
and land authority; and
(b) if the copy would not be presented to the Legislative Assembly before
the end of the period of 10 working days after the day the statement is given to
the authority—give a copy to the members of the Assembly before the end of
the 10-day period.
(3) To remove any doubt, the statement of planning intent does not
authorise a person to whom section 49 (Effect of territory plan) applies to do
anything inconsistent with the territory plan.
Example
The statement of planning intent may include policy material inconsistent
with the territory plan, but the plan would have to be amended before the policy
could be implemented.
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
16 Provision
of planning services to others—ministerial approval
The planning and land authority may provide planning services to somebody
other than the Territory only with the Minister’s written
approval.
17 Reports
by authority to Minister
(1) The planning and land authority must give the Minister a report, or
information about its operations, required by the Minister.
(2) A report under this section must be prepared in the form (if any) that
the Minister requires.
(3) This section is in addition to any other provision about the giving of
reports or information by the planning and land authority.
18 Authority’s
annual report
A report prepared by the planning and land authority under the Annual
Reports (Government Agencies) Act 2004 for a financial year must
include—
(a) a copy of any direction given to the authority under this Act or
another territory law during the year; and
(b) a statement by the authority about action taken during the year to
give effect to any direction given (whether before or during the
year).
Note Financial year has an extended meaning in the Annual
Reports (Government Agencies) Act 2004, s 6.
19 Delegations
by authority
(1) The planning and land authority may delegate—
(a) the authority’s functions under this Act or another territory
law to a public servant who is an authority staff member; and
(b) the authority’s functions under part 9.11 (Licences for unleased
land) in relation to an area of land to the custodian of the land.
(2) The planning and land authority may also delegate the function of
granting leases on behalf of the Executive to the land agency.
Note For the making of delegations and the exercise of delegated
functions, see the Legislation Act, pt 19.4.
Part
3.4 The chief planning
executive
20 Appointment
of chief planning executive
(1) The Executive must appoint a person to be the Chief Planning
Executive.
Note 1 For the making of appointments generally, see the Legislation
Act, div 19.3.
Note 2 A power to appoint a person to a position includes power to
appoint a person to act in the position (see Legislation Act,
s 209).
(2) However, the Executive must not appoint a person under
subsection (1) unless satisfied that the person has the management and
planning experience or expertise to exercise the functions of the chief planning
executive.
(3) An appointment must be for a term of not longer than 5
years.
Note A person may be reappointed to a position if the
person is eligible to be appointed to the position (see Legislation Act,
s 208 (1) (c)).
(4) An appointment is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
21 Chief
planning executive’s employment conditions
The chief planning executive’s conditions of appointment are the
conditions agreed between the Executive and the chief planning executive,
subject to any determination under the Remuneration Tribunal Act
1995.
22 Functions
of chief planning executive
The chief planning executive may exercise the functions given to the chief
planning executive under this Act or another territory law.
23 Suspension
or ending of chief planning executive’s appointment
(1) The Executive may suspend the chief planning executive from
duty—
(a) for misbehaviour; or
(b) for physical or mental incapacity, if the incapacity affects the
exercise of the chief planning executive’s functions; or
(c) if the chief planning executive is convicted, or found guilty, in
Australia of an offence punishable by imprisonment for at least 1 year;
or
(d) if the chief planning executive is convicted, or found guilty, outside
Australia of an offence that, if it had been committed in the ACT, would be
punishable by imprisonment for at least 1 year.
(2) The Minister must present to the Legislative Assembly a statement of
the reasons for the suspension not later than the first sitting day after the
day the chief planning executive is suspended.
(3) If, not later than 6 sitting days after the day the statement is
presented, the Legislative Assembly resolves to require the Executive to end the
chief planning executive’s appointment, the Executive must end the chief
planning executive’s appointment.
(4) The chief planning executive’s suspension ends—
(a) if the Minister does not comply with subsection (2)—at the end
of the day the Minister should have presented to the Legislative Assembly the
statement mentioned in that subsection; or
(b) if the Assembly does not pass a resolution mentioned in subsection (3)
before the end of the 6 sitting days—at the end of the 6th sitting
day.
(5) The chief planning executive is entitled to be paid salary and
allowances while suspended.
Note An appointment also ends if the appointee resigns (see
Legislation Act, s 210).
Part
3.5 Authority staff and
consultants
The planning and land authority’s staff must be employed under the
Public Sector Management Act 1994.
(1) The planning and land authority may engage consultants.
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not enter into a
contract of employment under this section.
Part
3.6 Public register and associated
documents
26 Authority
to keep public register
(1) The planning and land authority must keep a register (the public
register).
(2) The planning and land authority may keep the public register in any
form the authority considers appropriate.
27 Contents
of public register
(1) The public register must contain the following:
(a) for each development application (unless withdrawn)—
(i) the date the application was lodged; and
(ii) the applicant’s name; and
(iii) the location of the proposed development; and
(iv) a summary by the planning and land authority of the proposed
development; and
(v) if the application has been, or is being, publicly notified under
division 7.3.4; and
(vi) whether the application has been amended under section 141;
and
(vii) if representations under section 153 (other than representations
that have been withdrawn) have been received on the application; and
(viii) whether the application has been amended under section 191;
and
(ix) if the Minister has decided under section 221 to establish a panel to
conduct an inquiry about an EIS for the development proposal to which the
application relates;
(b) if a development application has been decided under
section 158—
(i) the date the application was decided; and
(ii) whether the application has been approved, approved subject to a
condition or refused; and
(iii) whether the decision was made by the Minister after calling in the
application under division 7.3.5; and
(iv) whether the decision on the application has been reconsidered under
division 7.3.10; and
(v) whether the approval has been amended under
section 191;
(c) for each controlled activity order while the order is in
force—
(i) the place to which the order relates; and
(ii) the directions in the order (see s 351 (3)); and
(iii) the person to whom the order is directed;
(d) for each direction under section 359 to carry out rectification work
while the direction is in force—
(i) the place where the work is to be carried out; and
(ii) the person directed to carry out the work;
(e) for each prohibition notice given under section 370 while the notice
is in force—
(i) the place to which the notice relates; and
(ii) the person to whom the notice is given.
(2) The public register may contain any other information that the
planning and land authority considers appropriate.
(3) However, the public register must not contain—
(a) associated documents for development applications, development
approvals or leases; or
Note Associated
document—see s 29.
(b) the name of the applicant for a controlled activity order.
(4) To remove any doubt—
(a) if the planning and land authority approves an exclusion application
under section 404 in relation to part of a document required to be included on
the register, the part of the document must not be included in the register;
and
Note A note about the exclusion must be
included in the register (see s 404 (7)).
(b) if a document required to be included on the register contains
information (concerning information) that must not be made
available to the public under section 405, the information must not be included
in the register.
28 Inspection
etc of public register and associated documents
(1) The planning and land authority must ensure that, during business
hours, the public register and associated documents are available for public
inspection.
(2) The planning and land authority must allow people inspecting the
public register and associated documents to make copies of, or take extracts
from, the register and associated documents.
29 Meaning
of associated document—pt 3.6
(1) For this part, each of the following is an associated
document for a development application (other than an application that
has been withdrawn):
(a) information required under section 136 (2) (c), (d) (i) or (e) (i) to
accompany an application;
(b) an assessment required under section 136 (2) (d) (ii) or (g) to
accompany the application;
(c) a completed EIS required under section 136 (2) (e) (ii) to accompany
the application;
Note For when an EIS is completed, see s
203.
(d) a survey certificate required under section 136 (2) (i) to accompany
the application;
(e) if the planning and land authority has asked for further information
under section 138—information provided in accordance with the
request;
(f) if the planning and land authority corrects the application under
section 140—the notice of the correction (see s 140 (2));
(g) if the applicant has asked the authority to amend the development
application under section 141—any document provided by the applicant to
support the request;
(h) an agreement by an entity to the development proposed in the
application (see s 145 (2) (b));
(i) if the application is referred to an entity under division
7.3.3—the advice of the entity in relation to the development application
(see s 146 (2));
(j) if 1 or more representations have been made under section 153 about
the application—each representation (other than a representation that has
been withdrawn);
(k) if the Minister decides the application—the statement by the
Minister in relation to the application presented to the Legislative Assembly
under section 157 (2);
(l) the notice of the decision on the application given under division
7.3.8;
(m) if the applicant for the development application applies under section
185 for reconsideration of a decision to refuse to approve the
development—any information included in the application;
(n) if the planning and land authority reconsiders a decision to refuse to
approve the development—the notice of the decision on reconsideration
under section 189;
(o) a plan, drawing or specification of a proposed building, structure or
earthworks if the plan, drawing or specification—
(i) is part of the application (whether as originally made or as amended);
or
(ii) is approved as part of the approval of the application under section
158; or
(iii) is required to be prepared by the applicant under a condition of an
approval before the development, or a stated part it, starts;
(p) if a panel conducts an inquiry about an EIS for the development
proposal to which the application relates—the report the panel gives the
Minister under section 223 on the results of the inquiry.
Note Subsection (3) contains an exception to this
subsection.
(2) For this part, each of the following is an associated document
for a development approval:
(a) if the approval holder applies under section 185 for reconsideration
of the decision to approve the development subject to conditions—any
information included in the application;
(b) if the planning and land authority reconsiders the decision to approve
the development subject to conditions—the notice of the decision on
reconsideration under section 189;
(c) if the planning and land authority corrects the approval under section
190—the notice about the correction (see s 190 (2));
(d) if the approval holder has applied to amend the approval under section
191—any information included in the application;
(e) a plan, drawing or specification of a proposed building, structure or
earthworks if the plan, drawing or specification is required to be prepared by
the applicant under a condition of an approval before the development, or a
stated part of it, starts.
(3) However, for this part, an associated document does not
include—
(a) the plans, drawings or specifications of any residential part of a
building or proposed building, other than plans, drawings or specifications that
only show the height and external configuration of the building or proposed
building; or
(b) information in relation to which an exclusion application has been
approved under section 404; or
(c) information that must not be made available to the public under
section 405.
Chapter
4 The land development
agency
Part
4.1 Establishment and functions of
land agency
Notes to pt 4.1
The governance of territory authorities, including the land agency, is
regulated by the Financial Management Act 1996 (the FMA),
pt 9 as well as the Act that establishes them.
The FMA, pt 9 deals, for example, with the corporate status of territory
authorities and their powers, the make-up of governing boards, the
responsibilities of the governing board and board members, how governing board
positions can be ended, meetings of governing boards and conflicts of
interest.
30 Establishment
of land agency
The Land Development Agency (the land agency) is
established.
31 Functions
of land agency
(1) The land agency has the following functions:
(a) to develop land;
(b) to carry out works for the development and enhancement of
land;
(c) to carry out strategic or complex urban development
projects.
(2) The land agency may exercise any other function given to the land
agency under this Act or another territory law.
(3) The land agency may exercise its functions—
(a) alone; or
(b) through subsidiaries, joint ventures or trusts; or
(c) by holding shares in, or other securities of, corporations.
(4) The land agency must exercise its functions—
(a) in accordance with the object of the territory plan; and
(b) in accordance with the latest statement of intent for the land
agency.
Note 1 The land agency is required to prepare a statement of intent
under the Financial Management Act 1996.
Note 2 For the object of the territory plan, see s 47.
Note 3 A provision of a law that gives an entity (including a
person) a function also gives the entity powers necessary and convenient to
exercise the function (see Legislation Act, s 196 and dict, pt 1,
def entity).
32 Exercise
of land agency functions
The land agency must comply with directions given to the land agency under
this Act or another territory law.
Note The Minister may give the land agency directions under s
36.
Part
4.2 Financial and general land agency
provisions
Note to pt 4.2
The land agency must not give a guarantee without the Treasurer’s
written approval (see Financial Management Act 1996, s 60).
33 Proceeds
of lease sales
Consideration received by the land agency for the sale of a lease of land
is income of the land agency.
34 Payment
of funds to Territory
(1) The Treasurer may, in writing, direct the land agency to pay to the
Territory—
(a) the amount stated in the direction; or
(b) an amount calculated in the way stated in the direction.
(2) The Treasurer may also direct the land agency, in a direction under
subsection (1) or another instrument, about—
(a) how to make the payment; and
(b) when to make the payment; and
(c) the conditions relating to payment.
(3) In giving a direction under subsection (1), the Treasurer must have
regard to—
(a) the land agency’s assets and liabilities; and
(b) the land agency’s income and expenditure; and
(c) the land agency’s ability to exercise its functions;
and
(d) the requirement that the Territory obtain a reasonable return from the
development and disposal of land.
(4) The Treasurer must—
(a) present a copy of a direction under subsection (1) to the Legislative
Assembly not later than 6 sitting days after the day it is given to the land
agency; and
(b) if the copy would not be presented to the Legislative Assembly before
the end of the period of 10 working days after the day the copy is given to the
land agency—give a copy to the members of the Legislative Assembly before
the end of the 10-day period.
(5) If subsection (4) is not complied with, the direction is taken to have
been revoked at the end of the period when the copy of the direction should have
been presented or given to members.
35 Liability
for territory taxes
This Act does not exempt the land agency from liability for a tax under any
other territory law.
36 Ministerial
directions to land agency
(1) The Minister may give written directions to the land agency about the
principles that are to govern the exercise of its functions.
(2) Before giving a direction, the Minister must—
(a) tell the land agency about the proposed direction; and
(b) give the land agency a reasonable opportunity to comment on the
proposed direction; and
(c) consider any comments made by the land agency.
(3) A direction is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
(4) A direction must be notified under the Legislation Act not
later than 10 working days after the day it is made.
(5) If subsection (4) is not complied with, the direction is taken to have
been revoked at the end of the 10 working days.
37 Territory
to compensate land agency for cost of complying with
directions
(1) The Territory must pay to the land agency the reasonable net cost of
complying with a direction under section 36.
(2) The amount payable under subsection (1) is the amount agreed between
the land agency and the Treasurer or, failing agreement, the amount decided by
the Chief Minister.
38 Land
agency board committees
(1) The land agency board—
(a) must establish an audit committee; and
(b) may establish any other committee; and
(c) may appoint land agency board members and other people to
committees.
(2) However, the chief executive officer must not be appointed a member of
the audit committee.
(3) Also, the chair of the audit committee must be a land agency board
member.
(4) The procedures of a committee are decided by the land agency board or,
if there is no relevant decision of the board, by the committee.
39 Land
agency’s annual report
A report prepared by the land agency under the Annual Reports
(Government Agencies) Act 2004 for a financial year must
include—
(a) a copy of any direction given under section 36 (Ministerial directions
to land agency) during the year; and
(b) a statement by the land agency about action taken during the year to
give effect to any direction given (whether before or during the year) under
that section.
Note Financial year has an extended meaning in the Annual
Reports (Government Agencies) Act 2004, s 6.
40 Delegation
by land agency
The land agency may delegate its functions, including functions delegated
to it by the authority, to the chief executive officer or a land agency staff
member.
Note For the making of delegations and the exercise of delegated
functions, see the Legislation Act, pt 19.4.
Part
4.3 Land agency
board
41 Establishment
of land agency board
The land agency has a governing board (the land agency
board).
42 Land
agency board members
(1) The land agency board has at least 5, but not more than 8,
members.
Note 1 A chair and deputy chair of the governing board must be
appointed under the Financial Management Act 1996, s 79.
Note 2 The chief executive officer of the corporation is a member of
the governing board (see Financial Management Act 1996, s 80
(4)).
(2) The Minister must try to ensure that the following disciplines and
areas of expertise are represented among the members appointed:
(a) land development;
(b) landscape architecture;
(c) sustainable development;
(d) economics;
(e) public law;
(f) finance or accounting;
(g) public administration;
(h) engineering.
(3) The following people must not be appointed as members of the land
agency board:
(a) the chief planning executive;
(b) a member of the planning and land authority staff.
(4) The appointment of a member, other than the chief executive officer,
must be for a term of not longer than 4 years.
Note A person may be reappointed to a position if the person is
eligible to be appointed to the position (see Legislation Act, s 208 and
dict, pt 1, def appoint).
Part
4.4 Land agency staff and
consultants
The land agency’s staff must be employed under the Public Sector
Management Act 1994.
Note The Public Sector Management Act 1994, s 24 provides
that the chief executive officer of a territory instrumentality has all the
powers of a chief executive under the Act in relation to the instrumentality
staff to be employed under that Act (including, for example, in relation to the
appointment of people to, or the employment of people for, that staff). Under
that Act, s 3, def chief executive officer, the chief executive
officer of an instrumentality is the person who has responsibility for managing
its affairs.
44 Land
agency consultants
(1) The land agency may engage consultants.
(2) However, the land agency must not enter into a contract of employment
under this section.
Notes to ch 5
Fees may be determined under s 415 for provisions of this
chapter.
If a form is approved under s 416 for a provision
of this chapter, the form must be used.
Under this chapter, applications may be made, and notice may be given,
electronically in certain circumstances (see the Electronic Transactions Act
2001).
Part
5.1 The territory plan, its object and
effect
There must be a territory plan that applies to the ACT.
Note The territory plan can be varied (see pt 5.3).
46 Public
availability of territory plan
(1) The territory plan is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
(2) On application to the planning and land authority in writing, a person
may obtain a certified copy of, or certified extract from, the territory
plan.
Note Under the Evidence Act 1971, s 11 and s 12, a certified
extract from a document admissible in a proceeding (for example, the territory
plan) may be given in evidence to prove the contents of the document and a
document purporting to be a certified copy of something is taken to be a
certified copy of the thing unless it is proved not to be a certified copy of
the thing.
47 Object
of territory plan
The object of the territory plan is to ensure, in a manner not inconsistent
with the national capital plan, the planning and development of the ACT provide
the people of the ACT with an attractive, safe and efficient environment in
which to live, work and have their recreation.
48 Giving
effect to object of territory plan
(1) The territory plan must give effect to its object in a way that gives
effect to sustainability principles.
(2) The territory plan must set out the planning principles and policies,
including policies that contribute to achieving a healthy environment in the
ACT, for giving effect to its object.
49 Effect
of territory plan
The Territory, the Executive, a Minister or a territory authority must not
do any act, or approve the doing of an act, that is inconsistent with the
territory plan.
Note 1 The Territory, or a territory authority, is prevented from
doing anything inconsistent with the national capital plan.
Note 2 The Territory, the Executive, a Minister or a territory
authority are also prevented from doing anything inconsistent with some draft
variations of the territory plan (see s 64 and s 70).
Part
5.2 Contents of territory
plan
50 Contents
of territory plan
(1) The territory plan must include the following:
(a) a statement of strategic directions;
(b) objectives for each zone;
(c) development tables;
(d) codes;
(e) a map (the territory plan map).
Note For more about development tables, see s 53. For more about
codes, see s 54. For more about a territory plan map, see s 55.
(2) The territory plan may, but need not—
(a) identify future urban areas and include the structure plans that apply
to those areas; and
(b) identify areas of public land reserved in the plan (whether in a map
or elsewhere in the plan) for a purpose mentioned in section 309 (Reserved
areas—public land); and
(c) to give effect to the object of the plan—provide for other
matters relevant to the exercise of the powers of the Territory, the Executive
or a territory authority under a territory law; and
(d) include anything else relevant to the object of the territory
plan.
51 Statement
of strategic directions
(1) The statement of strategic directions in the territory plan may
contain planning principles covering areas of national, regional and Territory
interest, including principles for sustainable development.
(2) The function of the statement of strategic directions is
to—
(a) contain broad strategic principles to guide long term planning for the
ACT; and
(b) guide the preparation and making of variations to the territory plan;
and
(c) guide environmental impact statements, planning reports and strategic
environmental assessments.
(3) The statement of strategic directions in the territory plan should
promote the planning strategy.
(1) The objectives for a zone set out the policy outcomes intended to be
achieved by applying the applicable development table and code to the
zone.
(2) Each objective for a zone must be consistent with the statement of
strategic directions.
(1) A development table for a zone must set out—
(a) which assessment track applies to development proposals; and
Note Assessment tracks are dealt with in
ch 7.
(b) development that is exempt from requiring development approval;
and
(c) development that is prohibited; and
(d) the code that development proposals must comply with.
(2) A development table may exempt a development proposal from requiring
development approval subject to a condition.
Example of possible
condition
A development proposal is exempt from requiring development approval if the
building plans for the proposal comply with a code that applies to single
residences in the development table that applies to the proposal.
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
54 Codes
in territory plan
(1) A code (other than a general code) in the territory plan must contain
either or both of the following:
(a) the detailed rules (the code requirements) that apply to
development proposals the code applies to;
(b) the criteria (the merit criteria) that apply to
development proposals the code applies to, other than proposals in the code
track.
(2) A code must be consistent with each objective for the zone to which
the code relates.
(3) A code that sets out the requirements that apply to stated areas, or
places, or states that it is a precinct code, is a precinct
code.
Note A concept plan is a precinct code (see s 92 (b)).
(4) A code that sets out the requirements for types of development, or
states that it is a development code, is a development
code.
(5) A code that sets out rules applicable to the Territory, the Executive,
a Minister or a territory authority, whether or not it also contains policies to
be complied with, code requirements and merit criteria, is a general
code.
The territory plan map must set out, in map-form, zones and precincts in
the ACT.
Part
5.3 Variations of territory plan other
than technical amendments
Note to pt 5.3
The planning and land authority has obligations under the Australian
Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988 (Cwlth) in
relation to the variation of the territory plan (see that Act, s 74 and
s 75).
Division
5.3.1 Overview, interpretation and
application—pt 5.3
56 How
territory plan is varied under pt 5.3
(1) A variation of the territory plan (other than a technical amendment)
begins when—
(a) the planning and land authority prepares a draft plan variation (see s
59); or
(b) the Minister directs the authority to revise the territory plan or a
provision of the plan (see s 13 (1) (b)).
Note For territory plan variations that are technical amendments,
see pt 5.4 and pt 5.5.
(2) If the planning and land authority prepares a draft plan variation,
the authority must prepare a consultation notice (see s 62) that invites
comments on the draft plan variation and, when publicly notified, may give the
draft plan variation interim effect (see s 63 and s 64).
(3) The planning and land authority—
(a) may revise or withdraw the draft plan variation after the end of
public consultation (see s 67); and
(b) unless the variation is withdrawn, must—
(i) give the variation to the Minister for approval (see s 68);
and
(ii) give notice that the variation and other documents are available for
public inspection (see s 69).
(4) If notice is given of the draft plan variation’s availability
for inspection, the draft plan variation notified may have interim effect (see
s 70 and s 71).
(5) The Minister may, after receiving a committee report about the draft
plan variation or in other circumstances, approve the plan variation, or take
other action under section 75 (Minister’s powers in relation to draft plan
variations).
(6) The Minister may revoke an approval of a draft plan variation before
presenting the approved plan variation to the Legislative Assembly (see s 76),
but otherwise must present the approved plan variation to the Legislative
Assembly (see s 78).
(7) The Legislative Assembly may reject the plan variation (see s 79) but,
if the plan variation, or a provision of the plan variation, is not rejected,
the Minister must fix a day when the variation commences (see s 82).
(8) Different provisions apply to plan variations that are technical
amendments (see s 86), including future urban areas (see pt 5.4 and pt 5.5,
particularly s 94).
In this part:
background papers, in relation to a draft plan variation or
plan variation—each of the following is a background paper
in relation to the variation:
(a) an explanatory statement;
(b) a copy of—
(i) any relevant direction of the Minister; and
(ii) any comment during consultation under section 60 (b) on the proposed
draft plan variation from which the draft plan variation or plan variation came;
and
(iii) any relevant planning report or strategic environmental
assessment;
(c) a statement, by the planning and land authority, of the reasons for
any inconsistency between the draft plan and—
(i) a direction mentioned in paragraph (b) (i); or
(ii) a comment mentioned in paragraph (b) (ii); or
(iii) a recommendation in a relevant planning report or strategic
environmental assessment;
(d) any other document—
(i) considered by the authority to be necessary or useful in explaining
the variation; or
(ii) designated by the authority in writing as a background
paper.
consultation comments, in relation to a draft plan
variation—see section 62 (1) (b).
consultation notice, for a draft plan variation—see
section 62 (1).
consultation period, for a draft plan variation—see
section 62 (1) (a).
corresponding plan variation, for a draft plan variation,
means the plan variation developed from the draft plan variation.
draft plan variation—see section 59.
plan variation means a draft plan variation approved by the
Minister under section 75 (Minister’s powers in relation to draft plan
variations).
public availability notice, for a draft plan
variation—see section 69.
technical amendments—see section 86.
58 Pt
5.3 does not apply to technical amendments
This part does not apply to technical amendments of the territory
plan.
Division
5.3.2 Consultation on draft plan
variations
59 Preparation
of draft plan variations
The planning and land authority may prepare a document (a draft plan
variation) to vary the territory plan.
60 Consultation
etc about draft plan variations being prepared
The planning and land authority must, in preparing a draft plan variation
under section 59—
(a) tell the Minister in writing that the authority is preparing a draft
plan variation; and
(b) consult with each of the following in relation to the proposed draft
plan variation:
(i) the national capital authority;
(ii) the conservator of flora and fauna;
(iii) the environment protection authority;
(iv) the heritage council;
(v) if the draft plan variation would, if made, be likely to affect
unleased land or leased public land—each custodian for the land likely to
be affected; and
(c) consider any relevant planning report or strategic environmental
assessment; and
Note The planning and land authority may prepare a planning report
or strategic environmental assessment in relation to the proposed draft plan
variation (see s 97 and s 99).
(d) if the draft plan variation would, if made, vary the statement of
strategic directions—consider whether the draft plan variation, if made,
would promote the planning strategy.
61 Ministerial
requirements for draft plan variations being prepared
(1) This section applies if the authority tells the Minister under
section 60 that the authority is preparing a draft plan
variation.
(2) The Minister may direct the planning and land authority to do 1 or
both of the following:
(a) to prepare a planning report or strategic environmental assessment in
relation to the draft plan variation that the authority is preparing;
(b) to tell the Minister when the draft plan variation being prepared is
ready to be notified under section 62.
Note 1 The planning and land authority
must comply with a direction given by the Minister (see s 12).
Note 2 Requirements for planning reports
and strategic environmental assessments are dealt with in pt
5.6.
(3) To remove any doubt, the validity of a corresponding plan variation
for a draft plan variation is not affected by a failure to comply with
subsection (2) (b) in relation to the draft plan variation.
62 Public
consultation—notification
(1) Before giving a draft plan variation to the Minister for approval
under section 68, the planning and land authority must prepare a notice (a
consultation notice)—
(a) stating that copies of the draft plan variation and the background
papers are available for public inspection and purchase during a stated period
of not less than 15 working days (the consultation period) at
stated places; and
(b) inviting people to give written comments (consultation
comments) about the draft plan variation to the authority at a stated
address during the consultation period; and
(c) stating that copies of written comments about the draft plan
variation, given in response to the invitation in paragraph (b) or otherwise, or
received from the national capital authority, will be made available (unless
exempted) for public inspection for a period of at least 15 working days
starting on the day after the day the consultation period ends, at stated
places; and
(d) that complies with section 63.
(2) The planning and land authority may (by an extension
notice), extend or further extend the consultation period.
Note The planning and land authority may extend the consultation
period after the end of the period being extended (see Legislation Act,
s 151C (3)).
(3) The following are notifiable instruments:
(a) the consultation notice;
(b) any extension notice.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
(4) The planning and land authority must also publish the consultation
notice and any extension notice in a daily newspaper.
Note The planning and land authority must make copies of the draft
plan variation and background papers mentioned in the consultation notice
available (see s 65).
(5) This section does not apply in relation to a draft plan variation that
has been revised by the planning and land authority in accordance with a
direction under section 75 (3) (b) (Minister’s powers in relation to draft
plan variations).
63 Public
consultation—notice of interim effect etc
(1) A consultation notice must state—
(a) whether or not section 64 applies in relation to the draft plan
variation, or part of the draft variation; and
(b) where further information about the draft plan variation can be
found.
(2) A consultation notice that states that section 64
applies—
(a) must also state the effect of section 64; and
(b) may also state, for section 64 (2), a period not longer than
1 year that is the maximum period during which the draft variation, or
part, is to have interim effect.
64 Effect
of draft plan variations publicly notified
(1) This section applies to a draft plan variation if a consultation
notice states that it applies.
(2) The Territory, the Executive, a Minister or a territory authority must
not, during the defined period or a period stated in the consultation notice,
whichever is shorter, do or approve the doing of anything that would be
inconsistent with the territory plan if it were varied in accordance with the
draft plan variation.
Note The Territory, the Executive, a Minister or a territory
authority must also not do anything that is inconsistent with the territory plan
(see s 49).
(3) In this section:
defined period, for a draft plan variation, means the
period—
(a) starting on the day (the notification day) when the
consultation notice for the draft plan variation is notified under the
Legislation Act (see s 62); and
(b) ending on the day the earliest of the following happens:
(i) the day the public availability notice under section 69 for the
draft plan variation is notified in accordance with the Legislation
Act;
(ii) the day the draft variation, or the corresponding plan variation, is
withdrawn under section 67 (1) (b) or section 75 (3) (b) (v);
(iii) the period of 1 year after the notification day ends.
draft plan variation includes a provision of a draft plan
variation.
65 Public
consultation—availability of draft plan variations
etc
(1) The planning and land authority must make copies of the draft plan
variation and the background papers mentioned in a consultation notice available
for public inspection and purchase during office hours during the consultation
period and at the places stated in the consultation notice.
(2) If, in the planning and land authority’s opinion, it would not
be in the public interest for part of the draft plan variation or of any
background paper to be published, the authority must exclude that part from each
copy of the document made available under subsection (1).
(3) If part of a draft plan variation or a background paper is excluded
under subsection (2), each copy of the document made available for public
inspection and purchase under subsection (1) must include a statement to the
effect that an unmentioned part of the document has been excluded in the public
interest.
66 Public
inspection of comments on draft plan variations
The planning and land authority must make copies of any consultation
comments made on a draft plan variation available for public inspection during
office hours during the period, and at the places, mentioned in the consultation
notice for the draft plan variation.
Note This section is subject to s 404 and s 405.
Division
5.3.3 Action after consultation about
draft plan variations
67 Revision
and withdrawal of draft plan variations
(1) After the end of the consultation period for a draft plan
variation, the planning and land authority may—
(a) revise the draft plan variation; or
(b) withdraw the draft plan variation.
(2) The withdrawal of a draft plan variation must include a statement of
the effect of section 64 (Effect of draft plan variations publicly notified) in
relation to the withdrawal.
(3) The withdrawal of a draft plan variation is a notifiable
instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
(4) The planning and land authority must also publish the withdrawal of a
draft plan variation in a daily newspaper on the same day, or as soon as
practicable after, the authority prepares the withdrawal.
(5) In revising or withdrawing a draft plan variation under
subsection (1), the planning and land authority must consider written
comments (including consultation comments) about the draft variation received
from any entity, including the national capital authority.
(6) In addition to its power under subsection (1), the planning and land
authority may, at any time before a draft plan variation is given, or given
again, to the Minister, revise the variation to correct a formal
error.
Division
5.3.4 Draft plan variations given to
Minister
68 Draft
plan variations to be given to Minister etc
(1) This section applies to a draft plan variation—
(a) if—
(i) the consultation period for the variation has ended; and
(ii) the planning and land authority has not withdrawn the variation under
section 67; and
(b) if the draft plan variation has been varied under
section 67—as varied under section 67.
(2) The planning and land authority must give the draft plan variation to
the Minister for approval, together with—
(a) the background papers relating to the variation; and
(b) a written report setting out the issues raised in any written comments
(including consultation comments) about the variation; and
(c) a written report about the authority’s consultation
with—
(i) the public; and
(ii) the national capital authority; and
(iii) the conservator of flora and fauna; and
(iv) the environment protection authority; and
(v) the heritage council; and
(vi) if the draft plan variation would, if made, be likely to affect
unleased land or leased public land—each custodian for the land likely to
be affected; and
(d) a copy of any written document given to the Minister by the national
capital authority in relation to the draft plan variation.
Note The Minister must give a copy of the documents given to the
Minister under this section to a committee of the Legislative Assembly (see
s 72).
69 Public
notice of documents given to Minister
(1) The planning and land authority must prepare a notice (a public
availability notice) stating that the documents mentioned in
section 68 (2) (including the draft plan variation) are available for
public inspection.
(2) A public availability notice is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
(3) The planning and land authority must also publish a public
availability notice in a daily newspaper.
(4) The planning and land authority must make copies of the documents
mentioned in section 68 (2) available for public inspection during office hours
during the period, and at the places, stated in the public availability
notice.
70 Public
availability notice—notice of interim effect etc
(1) A public availability notice must state—
(a) whether or not section 71 applies in relation to the draft plan
variation, or part of the draft variation; and
(b) where further information about the draft plan variation can be
found.
(2) A public availability notice that states that section 71 applies must
also state the effect of section 71.
71 Effect
of draft plan variations given to Minister
(1) This section applies to a draft plan variation if a public
availability notice states that it applies.
(2) The Territory, the Executive, a Minister or a territory authority must
not, during the defined period, do or approve the doing of anything that would
be inconsistent with the territory plan if it were varied in accordance with the
draft plan variation.
Note The Territory, the Executive, a Minister or a territory
authority must also not do anything that is inconsistent with the territory plan
(see s 49).
(3) In this section:
defined period, for a draft plan variation, means the
period—
(a) starting on the day (the notification day) when the
draft plan variation given to the Minister is notified under the Legislation
Act (see s 69); and
(b) ending on the earliest of the following days:
(i) the day the corresponding plan variation, or part of it,
commences;
Note The Minister must fix a day for the
variation, or part of it, to commence under s 82 or s 83.
(ii) the day the corresponding plan variation is rejected by the
Legislative Assembly;
(iii) the day the corresponding plan variation is withdrawn in accordance
with a requirement under section 75 (3) (b) (v) or
section 83 (3) (b);
(iv) the period of 1 year after notification day ends.
draft plan variation includes a provision of a draft plan
variation.
Division
5.3.5 Consideration of draft plan
variations by Assembly committee
72 Consideration
of draft plan variations by Legislative Assembly committee
(1) This section applies if the Minister is given a draft plan variation
under section 68.
(2) The Minister may, not later than 20 working days after the day the
Minister receives the draft plan variation, refer the draft plan variation
documents to an appropriate committee of the Legislative Assembly together with
a request that the committee report on the draft plan variation to the
Legislative Assembly.
(3) To remove any doubt, if the Minister does not refer a draft plan
variation to an appropriate committee of the Legislative Assembly, the committee
is not prevented from considering the draft plan variation documents if the
draft plan variation is otherwise referred to the committee.
(4) In this section:
draft plan variation documents means—
(a) the draft plan variation; and
(b) the documents mentioned in section 68 (2) that relate to the draft
plan variation.
73 Committee
reports on draft plan variations
(1) This section applies if the Minister has referred a draft plan
variation to a committee of the Legislative Assembly under section 72.
(2) The Minister—
(a) unless section 74 applies, must not take action under section 75 in
relation to the draft plan variation until the committee of the Legislative
Assembly has reported on the variation; and
(b) after the committee reports on the variation—must take action
under section 75 in relation to the variation.
74 Committee
fails to report promptly on draft plan variations
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the Minister has referred a draft plan variation to a committee of the
Legislative Assembly under section 72; and
(b) the committee has not reported on the variation by the end of the
period of 6 months starting on the day after the day the variation is
referred.
(2) The Minister may take action under section 75 in relation to the draft
plan variation, even though the committee of the Legislative Assembly has not
reported on the variation.
Division
5.3.6 Ministerial and Legislative
Assembly action on draft plan variations
75 Minister’s
powers in relation to draft plan variations
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the Minister is given a draft plan variation under section 68 or
section 77 (3) or (4); or
(b) the Minister revokes the approval of a plan variation (see s
76).
(2) However, this section does not apply if—
(a) a draft plan variation has been referred to an appropriate committee
of the Legislative Assembly (other than under section 72); and
(b) either—
(i) the committee has not reported on the draft plan variation;
or
(ii) the committee has reported, but the Minister has not considered the
report.
(3) The Minister must—
(a) approve the draft plan variation in the form given; or
Note A draft plan variation approved by
the Minister is a plan variation (see s 57, def plan
variation).
(b) return the draft plan variation to the planning and land authority and
direct the authority to do 1 or more of the following:
(i) conduct further stated consultation;
(ii) consider any relevant planning report or strategic environmental
assessment;
(iii) consider any revision suggested by the Minister;
(iv) revise the draft plan variation in a stated way;
(v) withdraw the draft plan variation.
(4) Before taking action under subsection (3), the Minister must
consider—
(a) any recommendation made by a committee of the Legislative Assembly in
relation to the draft variation, or related documents, referred to the committee
under section 72 or otherwise; and
(b) if the draft plan variation would, if made, vary the statement of
strategic directions—whether the variation would promote the planning
strategy.
Note—par (a)
The Minister must not take action under this
section in some circumstances if the committee has not reported (see s 73 and s
74).
Note—par (b)
The territory plan has no effect to the extent
that it is inconsistent with the national capital plan, but is taken to be
consistent with the national capital plan to the extent that it can operate
concurrently with it (see Australian Capital Territory (Planning and Land
Management) Act 1988 (Cwlth), s 26).
(5) The following are notifiable instruments:
(a) a direction under subsection (3) (b);
(b) the withdrawal of a draft plan variation by the planning and land
authority as directed under subsection (3) (b) (v).
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
(6) The planning and land authority must also publish the withdrawal of a
draft plan variation as directed under subsection (3) (b) (v) in a daily
newspaper on the same day, or as soon as practicable after, the withdrawal is
notified under the Legislation Act.
76 Minister
may revoke approval of draft plan variations before
presentation
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the Minister has approved a draft plan variation under section 75
(3) (a); and
(b) the plan variation has not been presented to the Legislative
Assembly.
(2) The Minister may revoke the approval and return the plan variation to
the planning and land authority.
(3) A plan variation returned to the planning and land authority under
this section must be treated by the Minister as a draft plan variation to which
section 75 applies.
77 Return
of draft plan variations to authority
(1) This section applies if the Minister returns a draft plan variation to
the planning and land authority with a direction under
section 75 (3) (b).
(2) The planning and land authority must comply with each
direction.
(3) If the direction is given under section 75 (3) (b) (i), (ii) or (iii),
the planning and land authority may revise the draft variation and give it to
the Minister for approval with a written report about—
(a) the authority’s compliance with the Minister’s direction;
and
(b) any further revision of the draft variation under section 67
(6).
(4) If the direction is given under section 75 (3) (b) (iv), the planning
and land authority must give the Minister the draft variation, as revised in
accordance with the direction, together with a written report about any further
revision of the draft variation under section 67 (6).
78 Presentation
of plan variations to Legislative Assembly
(1) The Minister must present to the Legislative Assembly, not later than
5 sitting days after the day the Minister approves a plan variation, copies of
each the following:
(a) the plan variation;
(b) the background papers relating to the variation;
(c) any report mentioned in section 77 (3) or (4).
(2) Subsection (1) is subject to section 76 (Minister may revoke approval
of draft plan variations before presentation).
(3) If a plan variation is not presented to the Legislative Assembly in
accordance with subsection (1), the plan variation does not come into
effect.
79 Assembly
may reject plan variations completely or partly
(1) The Legislative Assembly may by resolution reject a plan variation, or
a provision of the plan variation, presented to the Assembly.
(2) Notice (a rejection notice) of a motion to reject the
plan variation or a provision of the plan variation must be given not later than
5 sitting days after the day the plan variation is presented to the
Legislative Assembly.
(3) The plan variation or provision stated in a rejection notice given in
accordance with subsection (2) is taken to have been rejected by the Legislative
Assembly if, at the end of 5 sitting days after the day the rejection notice has
been given in the Legislative Assembly—
(a) the motion has not been called on; or
(b) the motion has been called on and moved and has not been withdrawn or
otherwise disposed of.
80 Effect
of dissolution etc of Legislative Assembly
(1) This section applies if, before the end of 5 sitting days after the
day a rejection notice has been given in the Legislative Assembly in accordance
with section 79 (2)—
(a) the Legislative Assembly is dissolved or expires; and
(b) at the time of dissolution or expiry—
(i) the notice has not been withdrawn and the motion has not been called
on; or
(ii) the motion has been called on and moved and has not been withdrawn or
otherwise disposed of.
(2) If this section applies, the plan variation is taken, for section
79 (2) and (3), to have been presented to the Legislative Assembly on the
first sitting day of the Legislative Assembly after the next general election of
members of the Assembly.
81 Consequences
of rejection of plan variations by Legislative Assembly
(1) This section applies if a plan variation is completely rejected under
section 79 (1), or taken to be completely rejected under
section 79 (3).
(2) The plan variation does not come into force if this section
applies.
Note The interim effect of the draft plan variation also ends (see s
71 (3), def defined period, par (b) (ii)).
(3) The planning and land authority must prepare a notice stating that the
plan variation has been rejected.
(4) The notice is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
(5) The planning and land authority must also publish the notice in a
daily newspaper on the same day, or as soon as practicable after, the rejection
is notified under the Legislation Act.
Division
5.3.7 Commencement and publication of
plan variations
82 Commencement
and publication of plan variations
(1) This section applies if—
(a) at the end of 5 sitting days after the day a plan variation is
presented to the Legislative Assembly, the Assembly has not passed a resolution
rejecting the variation or any provision of it; and
(b) the plan variation, or a provision of the plan variation, is not taken
to have been rejected under section 79 (3).
(2) The Minister must fix a day when the plan variation is to
commence.
Note 1 An instrument under this subsection is a commencement
notice (see Legislation Act, s 11). A commencement notice must be
notified under the Legislation Act. The plan variation commences in accordance
with the commencement notice.
Note 2 On commencement, a plan variation varies the territory plan
according to its terms.
(3) The planning and land authority must publish in a daily newspaper
details of—
(a) the commencement notice under subsection (2); and
(b) where copies of the plan variation may be inspected or
purchased.
(4) The planning and land authority must make copies of the plan variation
available for inspection or purchase during office hours at the places, and
during the period, published in the newspaper under subsection (3)
(b).
83 Partial
rejection of plan variations by Legislative Assembly
(1) This section applies if a plan variation is partly rejected under
section 79 (1) (Assembly may reject plan variations completely or partly), or
taken to be partly rejected under section 79 (3).
(2) A provision of a plan variation does not come into force
if—
(a) it is rejected, or taken to be rejected, by the Legislative Assembly
under section 79 (1) or (3); or
(b) it is withdrawn under subsection (3) (b).
(3) The Minister must, in relation to each provision of the plan variation
that is not rejected—
(a) fix a day when the provision (an approved provision) is
to commence; or
(b) withdraw the provision.
Note 1 An instrument under par (a) is a commencement
notice (see Legislation Act, s 11). A commencement notice must be
notified under the Legislation Act.
Note 2 On commencement, a provision of a plan variation varies the
territory plan according to its terms.
(4) A withdrawal under subsection (3) (b) is a notifiable
instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
84 Partial
rejection of plan variations—publication etc
(1) The planning and land authority must publish in a daily newspaper
details of—
(a) a commencement notice under section 83 (3) (a) for a provision (an
approved provision); or
(b) a withdrawal notice under section 83 (3) (b).
(2) The details of a commencement notice published under
subsection (1) (a) for an approved provision must include details of where,
and for what period, copies of the provision may be inspected or
purchased.
(3) The planning and land authority must make copies of each approved
provision available for inspection or purchase during office hours at the place
or places, and during the period, published in the newspaper under
subsection (2).
Part
5.4 Plan variations—technical
amendments
In this part:
code variation—see section 86 (b).
error variation—see section 86 (a).
limited consultation means consultation under section
89.
technical amendment—see section 86.
86 What
are technical amendments of territory plan?
Each of the following territory plan variations is a technical
amendment:
(a) a variation (an error variation) that—
(i) would not adversely affect anyone’s rights if approved;
and
(ii) has as its only object the correction of a formal error in the
plan;
(b) a variation (a code variation) that—
(i) would only change a code; and
(ii) is consistent with the policy purpose and policy framework of the
code; and
(iii) is not an error variation;
(c) a variation in relation to a future urban area under section 94
(Rezoning—future urban areas) or section 95 (When land ceases to be in
future urban area);
(d) a variation required to bring the territory plan into line with the
national capital plan after a change to the national capital plan.
87 Is
consultation needed for technical amendments?
(1) Only limited consultation is needed for the following technical
amendments:
(a) a code variation;
(b) a variation in relation to a future urban area under section 94
(Rezoning—future urban areas).
(2) A technical amendment, other than a technical amendment for which
limited consultation is needed, does not need any consultation before it is made
under section 88.
88 Making
technical amendments
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority is satisfied that a plan variation
would, if made, be a technical amendment; and
(b) for a technical amendment for which limited consultation is
needed—the limited consultation has taken place.
(2) The planning and land authority may put the plan variation in
writing.
(3) The plan variation is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
(4) The planning and land authority must fix a day when the plan variation
is to commence.
Note 1 An instrument under this subsection is a commencement
notice (see Legislation Act, s 11). A commencement notice must be
notified under the Legislation Act. The plan variation commences in accordance
with the commencement notice.
Note 2 On commencement, a plan variation varies the territory plan
according to its terms.
(5) Not later than 5 working days after the day the plan variation is
notified under the Legislation Act, the planning and land authority must publish
a notice in a daily newspaper that—
(a) describes the variation; and
(b) states the date of effect of the variation; and
(c) if the authority considers it necessary or helpful—states where
the plan variation and information about the plan variation is available for
inspection.
(1) The planning and land authority undertakes limited consultation
for a proposed technical amendment if the authority complies with this
section in relation to the amendment.
(2) The planning and land authority must publish a notice in a daily
newspaper that—
(a) describes the proposed technical amendment; and
(b) states where a copy of the proposed plan variation and information
about the amendment is available for inspection; and
(c) states how and when representations may be made on the
amendment.
(3) The period stated under subsection (2) (c) for making representations
must be at least 15 working days.
(4) The planning and land authority must tell the national capital
authority about the proposed technical amendment.
(5) The planning and land authority must consider—
(a) any representation made in accordance with the notice under subsection
(2); and
(b) any views of the national capital authority.
Part
5.5 Plan variations—structure
plans and rezoning in future urban areas
90 Including
structure plan by plan variation
The territory plan may be varied under part 5.3 to include a structure
plan.
91 What
is a structure plan?
A structure plan sets out principles and policies for
development of the future urban areas.
Note 1 Future urban areas may be identified in the territory plan
(see s 50 (2) (a)).
Note 2 Certain development may be prohibited in future urban areas
(see s 133).
92 What
is a concept plan?
A concept plan—
(a) applies the principles and policies in the structure plan to future
urban areas; and
(b) is a precinct code in the territory plan (see s 54 (3)) that
guides—
(i) the preparation and assessment of development in future urban areas to
which the concept plan relates; and
(ii) assessment of development when the areas cease to be future urban
areas.
93 What
is an estate development plan?
(1) An estate development plan, for an estate, sets out the
proposed development of the estate in a way that is consistent
with—
(a) the concept plan for the area where the estate is; and
(b) any other code that applies to the estate.
(2) An estate development plan must contain—
(a) the block boundaries for individual blocks proposed for inside the
estate and the boundaries proposed for the whole estate; and
(b) the zones proposed for the estate, and any existing zones that are to
continue to apply.
(3) An estate development plan may include the following for the
estate:
(a) design and construction requirements for roads;
(b) design and construction requirements for infrastructure works and
landscaping;
(c) particular areas for particular detailed purposes;
(d) building envelopes;
(e) a tree management plan;
(f) design and construction requirements for reticulated
services;
(g) design and construction requirements for works on proposed public
land.
Example for par (c)
An area zoned for community purposes may be stated in an estate development
plan to be proposed for a primary school.
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
94 Rezoning—future
urban areas
(1) The planning and land authority may vary the territory plan under
section 88 (Making technical amendments) to rezone land in a future urban area
unless the rezoning is inconsistent with the principles and policies in the
structure plan for the area.
(2) The planning and land authority may vary the territory plan under
section 88 to change the boundary of a future urban area if the change
is—
(a) consistent with the structure plan for the area; and
(b) necessary to prevent the boundary intruding on leased land other than
as intended.
95 When
land ceases to be in future urban area
(1) This section applies to an area of land dealt with by an estate
development plan if the plan is approved under a development
application.
(2) The planning and land authority must, within a reasonable time after
the approval of the estate development plan, vary the territory plan under
section 88 (Making technical amendments) to—
(a) identify the zones that will apply to the land, consistent with the
estate development plan; and
(b) incorporate any other element of the estate development plan that the
estate development plan indicates should be ongoing.
(3) A variation of the territory plan under subsection (2) has the effect
that the land dealt with by the estate development plan ceases to be in a future
urban area.
Part
5.6 Planning reports and strategic
environmental assessments
96 What
is a planning report?
(1) A planning report is a report prepared to inform a
decision to be made under this Act, for example, whether to grant a lease or
prepare a variation (other than a major variation) to the territory
plan.
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(2) A regulation may prescribe what must be included in a planning
report.
(3) In this section:
major variation, of the territory plan, means a variation
that would, because of its scope or significance to the ACT, be more
appropriately assessed by a strategic environmental assessment.
97 Preparation
of planning reports
(1) The planning and land authority must prepare a planning report if the
Minister directs the authority to prepare a planning report in accordance with
this Act.
Note The Minister may direct the planning and land authority to
prepare a planning report under s 61 and s 238 (2).
(2) The planning and land authority may prepare a planning report if
satisfied that it is necessary or convenient to do so in relation to a matter
relevant to the object of this Act.
98 What
is a strategic environmental assessment?
A strategic environmental assessment is a comprehensive
environmental assessment, suited to proposals in relation to major policy
matters rather than individual development proposals.
Examples of when SEA may be
prepared
1 major land use policy initiative
2 major plan variation
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
99 Preparation
of strategic environmental assessments
(1) The planning and land authority must prepare a strategic environmental
assessment if the Minister directs the authority to prepare the assessment in
relation to a matter relevant to the object of this Act or this Act otherwise
requires the authority to prepare an assessment.
Note The Minister may direct the planning and land authority to
prepare a strategic environmental assessment under s 61 (2) (a). The
authority is required to prepare an assessment under s 102 (2).
(2) The planning and land authority may prepare a strategic environmental
assessment if satisfied that it is necessary or convenient to do so in relation
to a matter relevant to the object of this Act.
100 Regulation
about strategic environmental assessments
A regulation may prescribe—
(a) how a strategic environmental assessment must or may be developed;
and
(b) what a strategic environmental assessment must or may contain;
and
(c) how recommendations made in a strategic environmental assessment are
to be weighed in making any decision in relation to the matter
assessed.
Part
5.7 Review of territory
plan
101 Consideration
of whether review of territory plan necessary
(1) The planning and land authority must, at least once every 5 years,
consider whether the territory plan should be reviewed.
Note The planning and land authority must review the territory plan
if directed to do so by the Minister (see s 13 (1) (b) and s 12) or if the
authority decides the plan should be reviewed (see s 102).
(2) In deciding whether the territory plan should be reviewed, the
planning and land authority must consider whether the territory
plan—
(a) is consistent with the object of this Act; and
(b) is consistent with its object; and
(c) gives effect to its object in a way that is not inconsistent with the
national capital plan; and
(d) gives effect to its object in a way that gives effect to
sustainability principles; and
(e) promotes the planning strategy; and
(f) meets current community and building industry expectations.
(3) After the planning and land authority considers whether the territory
plan should be reviewed, the authority must prepare a notice
stating—
(a) that the authority has considered whether the plan should be reviewed;
and
(b) the authority’s decision on whether the plan should be reviewed;
and
(c) the date of the authority’s decision.
(4) A notice under subsection (3) is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
(5) To remove any doubt—
(a) the planning and land authority need not undertake a review of the
territory plan unless—
(i) the authority decides a review is necessary; or
(ii) the Minister directs the authority to review the plan (see
s 13 (1) (b)); and
(b) a decision under this section not to review the territory plan does
not affect the authority’s function of continually reviewing the territory
plan.
102 Review
of territory plan
(1) This section applies if the planning and land authority decides under
section 101 that the territory plan should be reviewed.
(2) The planning and land authority must review the territory plan and,
for that purpose, must prepare a strategic environmental assessment in relation
to the review.
Note Requirements for strategic environmental assessments are dealt
with in pt 5.6.
(3) After reviewing the territory plan, the planning and land authority
must prepare a notice stating—
(a) that the authority has reviewed the plan; and
(b) the authority’s findings on the review.
(4) The planning and land authority must give the notice under subsection
(3) to the Minister.
(5) A notice under subsection (3) is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
Part
5.8 Territory
plan—miscellaneous
103 Limitations
on challenge to validity of territory plan provisions
(1) The validity of a provision of the territory plan must not be
questioned in any legal proceeding other than a proceeding begun not later than
3 months after the day the provision, or a variation of the provision,
commenced.
(2) The validity of a provision of the territory plan must not be
questioned in any legal proceeding only because—
(a) the territory plan variation that inserted or varied the provision was
inconsistent with the planning strategy; or
(b) a draft plan variation that became the territory plan variation that
inserted or varied the provision was inconsistent with the planning strategy;
or
(c) the provision, or part of it, is or was inconsistent with the planning
strategy.
Chapter
6 Planning
strategy
The Executive must make a planning strategy for the ACT that sets out long
term planning policy and goals to promote the orderly and sustainable
development of the ACT, consistent with the social, environmental and economic
aspirations of the people of the ACT.
105 Public
availability of planning strategy
The planning strategy is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
106 Main
object of planning strategy
The main object of the planning strategy is to promote the orderly and
sustainable development of the ACT, consistent with the social, environmental
and economic aspirations of the people of the ACT in accordance with sound
financial principles.
107 Relationship
with territory plan
(1) The planning strategy may be used to develop the statement of
strategic directions in the territory plan.
(2) The planning strategy is not part of, and does not affect, the
territory plan.
108 Consideration
of planning strategy
(1) The planning strategy must be considered by—
(a) the planning and land authority under section 60 and
section 101 (2) (e); and
(b) the Minister under section 75; and
(c) the Executive under section 109.
(2) The planning strategy is not a relevant consideration by the planning
and land authority, the Minister or another entity, except as provided by
subsection (1).
(3) Without limiting subsection (2), the planning strategy is not a
relevant consideration for a decision under the following provisions:
(a) chapter 7 (Development approvals);
(b) chapter 8 (Environmental impact statements and inquiries);
(c) chapter 9 (Leases and licences);
(d) chapter 10 (Management of public land);
(e) chapter 11 (Controlled activities).
(4) The planning strategy must not be considered by—
(a) the planning and land authority, the Minister or any other entity, in
the exercise of a function under this Act, except as provided under subsection
(1); or
(b) a court in a proceeding on a decision made by the Minister, the
authority or any other entity.
(5) In this section:
court includes a tribunal, authority or person with power to
require the production of documents or the answering of questions.
109 Consideration
of whether review of planning strategy necessary
(1) The Executive must, at least once every 5 years, consider whether the
planning strategy should be reviewed.
(2) In deciding whether the planning strategy should be reviewed, the
Executive must consider whether the planning strategy is consistent with its
main object.
Note For the main object of the planning strategy, see s
106.
(3) After the Executive considers whether the planning strategy should be
reviewed, the Executive must prepare a notice stating—
(a) that the Executive has considered whether the planning strategy should
be reviewed; and
(b) the Executive’s decision on whether the planning strategy should
be reviewed; and
(c) the date of the Executive’s decision.
(4) A notice under subsection (3) is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
(5) To remove any doubt, the Executive is not required to undertake a
review of the planning strategy.
110 If
review of planning strategy necessary
If the Executive decides under section 109 that the planning strategy
should be reviewed, the Executive must arrange for the planning strategy to be
reviewed.
Chapter
7 Development
approvals
Notes to ch 7
Fees may be determined under s 415 for provisions of this
chapter.
If a form is approved under s 416 for a provision
of this chapter, the form must be used.
Under this chapter, applications may be made, and notice may be given,
electronically in certain circumstances (see the Electronic Transactions Act
2001).
(1) This chapter describes the assessment tracks that are to be followed
for assessment of different kinds of development proposals.
(2) The assessment tracks are as follows:
(a) code track (for development proposals that can be
assessed using code requirements in the code that applies to the
proposals);
Examples of possible code track
proposals
1 large pergola
2 below ground swimming pool
3 dual occupancy proposal
4 house extension
Note An example is part of the Act, is
not exhaustive and may extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision
in which it appears (see Legislation Act, s 126 and s
132).
(b) merit track (for development proposals that can be
assessed using the code requirements and merit criteria in the code that applies
to the proposals);
Examples of possible merit track
proposals
1 childcare centre in residential area
2 gymnasium in commercial area
3 apartment in commercial area
(c) impact track (for development proposals that can be
assessed using the code requirements and merit criteria in the code that applies
to the proposals, relevant environmental impact statements and the statement of
strategic directions).
Examples of possible impact track
proposals
1 constructing a major dam
2 constructing a major road, light rail line or other linear transport
corridor
3 clearing a significant area of native vegetation
(3) This chapter also sets out—
(a) when a development (an exempt development) may be
undertaken without development approval; and
(b) when a development (a prohibited
development) must not be undertaken.
Examples of possible exempt
development
1 single residence in new housing area
2 small shed
Examples of possible prohibited
proposals
1 a paint factory in a residential area
2 commercial office accommodation in a suburban area
Part
7.2 Assessment tracks for development
applications
Division
7.2.1 Operation of assessment tracks
generally
112 Relationship
between development proposals and development applications
(1) A person who has a development proposal may apply to the planning and
land authority for approval to undertake the development proposed.
(2) If an assessment track applies to a development proposal, the proposal
is in that assessment track and that track must be followed in assessing the
development application for the proposal.
113 Application
of assessment tracks to development proposals
(1) The development table sets out the criteria to allow the assessment
track for a development application for a development proposal to be worked
out.
(2) If a development proposal is in an assessment track, the proposal must
be assessed in that assessment track unless—
(a) the Minister makes a declaration under section 123 (Minister may
declare impact track applicable) in relation to the proposal; or
(b) section 124 (Declaration by Public Health Act Minister affects
assessment track) applies the impact track to the development.
114 Application
of inconsistent relevant code requirements
(1) This section applies in relation to an application for development
approval for a development proposal if—
(a) 2 or more codes apply to the proposal; and
(b) the relevant code requirements for the proposal are
inconsistent.
(2) If the relevant code requirements of a precinct code and either a
development code or a general code are inconsistent, the relevant code
requirements of the precinct code apply to the development proposal and not the
relevant code requirements of the development code or general code, to the
extent of the inconsistency.
(3) If the relevant code requirements of a development code and a general
code are inconsistent, the relevant code requirements of the development code
apply to the development proposal and not the relevant code requirements of the
general code, to the extent of the inconsistency.
(4) If the relevant code requirements of 2 or more precinct codes,
development codes or general codes are inconsistent, the relevant code
requirements of the more recent code apply to the development approval and not
the relevant code requirements of the earlier code, to the extent of the
inconsistency.
(5) To remove any doubt, a relevant code requirement is not inconsistent
with the code requirements of another code only because one code deals with a
matter and the other does not.
Division
7.2.2 Code track
115 Code
track—when development approval must be given
Development approval must be given for a development proposal on
application if—
(a) the proposal is in the code track; and
(b) the proposal complies with the relevant code requirements.
Note 1 Code requirements—see s 54.
Note 2 Relevant code requirements—see the
dictionary.
116 Code
track—notification, right of review, governmental consultation and
reconsideration
To remove any doubt—
(a) there is no requirement to publicly notify a development proposal in
the code track; and
(b) there is only a right of review under chapter 13 for a decision in
relation to a development proposal in the code track by the applicant if the
development application for the proposal is approved subject to a condition;
and
(c) there is no referral under division 7.3.3 (Referral of development
applications) of a development application for a development proposal in the
code track; and
(d) a decision to refuse a development application for a development
proposal in the code track may not be reconsidered under division
7.3.10.
117 Code
track—time for decision on application
A development application for a development proposal in the code track must
be decided under section 158 (Deciding development applications) not later than
20 working days after the day the application is made to the planning and land
authority.
Division
7.2.3 Merit track
118 Merit
track—when development approval must not be given
(1) Development approval must not be given for a development proposal in
the merit track unless the proposal is consistent with—
(a) the relevant code; and
(b) if the proposed development relates to land comprised in a rural
lease—any land management agreement for the land; and
(c) if the proposed development will affect a registered tree or declared
site—the advice of the conservator of flora and fauna in relation to the
proposal.
Note 1 An application cannot be approved if it is inconsistent with
the territory plan (see s 49) or the National Capital Plan (see Australian
Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988 (Cwlth), s
11).
Note 2 Relevant code—see the dictionary.
(2) Also, development approval must not be given for a development
proposal in the merit track if approval would be inconsistent with any advice
given by an entity to which the application was referred under division 7.3.3
unless the person deciding the application is satisfied that—
(a) the following have been considered:
(i) any applicable guidelines;
(ii) any realistic alternative to the proposed development, or relevant
aspects of it; and
(b) the decision is consistent with the objects of the territory
plan.
(3) To remove any doubt, if a proposed development will affect a
registered tree or declared site—
(a) the person deciding the development application for the proposed
development must not approve the application unless the approval is consistent
with the advice of the conservator of flora and fauna in relation to the
proposal; and
(b) subsection (2) does not apply in relation to the conservator’s
advice.
119 Merit
track—considerations when deciding development
approval
In deciding a development application for a development proposal in the
merit track, the decision-maker must consider the following:
(a) the objectives for the zone in which the development is proposed to
take place;
(b) the suitability of the land where the development is proposed to take
place for a development of the kind proposed;
(c) each representation received by the authority in relation to the
application that has not been withdrawn;
(d) if an entity gave advice on the application in accordance with section
146 (Requirement to give advice in relation to development
applications)—the entity’s advice;
Note Advice on an application is given
in accordance with section 146 if the advice is given by an entity not
later than 15 working days (or shorter prescribed period) after the day the
application is given to the entity. If the entity gives no response, the entity
is taken to have given advice that supported the application (see
s 147).
(e) if the proposed development relates to land that is public
land—the plan of management for the land;
(f) the probable impact of the proposed development, including the nature,
extent and significance of probable environmental impacts.
120 Merit
track—notification and right of review
If a development proposal is in the merit track, the application for
development approval for the proposal must be publicly notified under division
7.3.4 and there may be a right of review under chapter 13 in relation to a
decision on the application.
121 Merit
track—time for decision on application
A development application for a development proposal in the merit track
must be decided under section 158 (Deciding development applications) not later
than—
(a) if no representation is made in relation to the
proposal—30 working days after the day the application is made to the
planning and land authority; or
(b) in any other case—45 working days after the day the application
is made to the authority.
Division
7.2.4 Impact
track
122 Impact
track applicability
The impact track applies to a development proposal if—
(a) the relevant development table states that the impact track applies;
or
(b) the proposal is of a kind mentioned in schedule 4; or
(c) the Minister makes a declaration under section 123 in relation to the
proposal; or
(d) section 124 (Declaration by Public Health Act Minister affects
assessment track) or section 131 (Impact track applicable to development
proposals not otherwise provided for) provides that the impact track applies to
the proposal.
123 Minister
may declare impact track applicable
(1) The Minister may, in writing, declare that the impact track applies to
a development proposal.
(2) However, the Minister must not make a declaration under
subsection (1) in relation to a development proposal unless satisfied on
reasonable grounds that there is a risk of significant adverse environmental
impact from the development proposed.
(3) For subsection (2), it does not matter whether the adverse
environmental impact from the development is likely to occur on the site of the
development or elsewhere.
(4) For subsection (2)—
(a) an adverse environmental impact is significant
if—
(i) the environmental function, system, value or entity that might be
adversely impacted by the development proposed is significant; or
(ii) the cumulative or incremental effect of the development proposed
might contribute to a substantial adverse impact on an environmental function,
system, value or entity; and
(b) in deciding whether an adverse environmental impact is
significant, the Minister must consider the following:
(i) the kind, size, frequency, intensity, scope and length of time of the
impact;
(ii) the sensitivity, resilience and rarity of the environmental function,
system, value or entity likely to be affected.
Note The Minister may publish guidelines about how the Minister will
exercise power under this section (see s 412).
124 Declaration
by Public Health Act Minister affects assessment track
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the Minister responsible for the Public Health Act 1997,
section 134 (Development approvals under Planning and Development Act, s 117)
makes a declaration for this section in relation to a development application
for a development proposal; and
(b) the application is publicly notified; and
(c) the declaration is made during the public consultation period for the
application.
Note A development application in the code track will never be
publicly notified.
(2) The impact track applies to the development proposal.
125 Declaration
etc of impact track after application
(1) This section applies to a development application if, after the
application is made—
(a) either—
(i) the Minister makes a declaration under section 123 in relation to the
proposal; or
(ii) section 124 applies in relation to the proposal; and
(b) the application does not satisfy the requirements for an application
in the impact track.
(2) The development application is, by force of this section, taken to
have been withdrawn.
(3) The planning and land authority must give the applicant notice of the
effect of this section.
126 Impact
track—development applications
A development application for a development proposal in the impact track
must include a completed EIS in relation to the proposal unless the application
is exempted by the Minister under section 205.
Note 1 Requirements for development applications are dealt with in
div 7.3.2.
Note 2 Requirements for an EIS are dealt with in pt 8.2.
Note 3 For when an EIS is completed, see s 203.
127 Impact
track—when development approval must not be given
(1) Development approval must not be given for a development application
for a development proposal in the impact track unless—
(a) either—
(i) an EIS for the proposal has been completed; or
(ii) the Minister has exempted the application under section 205;
and
(b) the proposal is consistent with—
(i) the statement of strategic directions; and
(ii) if the proposed development relates to land comprised in a rural
lease—any land management agreement for the land; and
(iii) if the proposed development will affect a registered tree or
declared site—the advice of the conservator of flora and fauna in relation
to the application.
Note 1 An application cannot be approved if it is inconsistent with
the territory plan (see s 49) or the National Capital Plan (see Australian
Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988 (Cwlth), s
11).
Note 2 Requirements for an EIS are dealt with in pt 8.2.
Note 3 For when an EIS is completed, see s 203.
Note 4 For the term of a scoping document for an EIS, see s
209.
(2) Also, development approval must not be given for a development
proposal in the impact track if approval would be inconsistent with any advice
given by an entity to which the application was referred under division 7.3.3
unless the person approving the application is satisfied that—
(a) the following have been considered:
(i) any applicable guidelines;
(ii) all reasonable development options and design solutions;
(iii) any realistic alternative to the proposed development, or relevant
aspects of it; and
(b) the decision is consistent with the objects of the territory
plan.
(3) To remove any doubt, if a proposed development will affect a
registered tree or declared site—
(a) the person deciding the development application for the proposed
development must not approve the application unless the approval is consistent
with the advice of the conservator of flora and fauna in relation to the
proposal; and
(b) subsection (2) does not apply in relation to the conservator’s
advice.
128 Impact
track—considerations when deciding development
approval
In deciding a development application for a proposal in the impact track,
the decision-maker must consider the following:
(a) the objectives for the zone in which the development is proposed to
take place;
(b) the relevant code;
(c) the suitability of the land where the development is proposed to take
place for a development of the kind proposed;
(d) each representation received by the authority in relation to the
application that has not been withdrawn;
(e) if an entity gave advice on the application in accordance with section
146 (Requirement to give advice in relation to development
applications)—the entity’s advice;
Note Advice on an application is given
in accordance with section 146 if the advice is given by an entity not
later than 15 working days (or shorter prescribed period) after the day the
application is given to the entity. If the entity gives no response, the entity
is taken to have given advice that supported the application (see
s 147).
(f) if the proposed development relates to land that is public
land—the plan of management for the land;
(g) the probable impact of the proposed development, including the nature,
extent and significance of probable environmental impacts;
(h) any completed EIS for the proposed development;
Note For when an EIS is completed, see s
203.
(i) the conclusions of any inquiry about an EIS for the proposed
development under chapter 8 (Environmental impact statements and
inquiries).
129 Impact
track—notification and right of review
If a development proposal is in the impact track, the application for
development approval for the proposal must be publicly notified under division
7.3.4 and there may be right of review under chapter 13 by someone other
than the applicant in relation to the decision on the application.
130 Impact
track—time for decision on application
A development application in relation to a development proposal in the
impact track must be decided under section 158 (Deciding development
applications) not later than—
(a) if no representation is made in relation to the
proposal—30 working days after the day the application is made to the
planning and land authority; or
(b) in any other case—45 working days after the day the application
is made to the authority.
Division
7.2.5 Development proposals not in
development table and not exempted
131 Impact
track applicable to development proposals not otherwise provided
for
(1) In this section:
development proposal means a development proposal
if—
(a) the relevant development table for the proposal does not
state—
(i) which assessment track applies to the proposal; or
(ii) that the proposal is exempt from requiring development approval or is
prohibited; and
(b) the proposal is not exempt from requiring development approval under
the relevant development table or by regulation.
(2) The impact track applies to the development proposal.
Division
7.2.6 Exempt development proposals and
prohibited developments
132 Exempt
development proposals
(1) If a development is exempt from requiring development approval, either
under the relevant development table or under
subsection (2)—
(a) the development may be undertaken without a development application
and development approval; and
(b) a person cannot apply for approval of a development proposal for the
development.
Note The development proposal may still need a building approval
under the Building Act 2004.
(2) A development proposal is exempt from requiring development approval
if the development proposed—
(a) is exempt under the relevant development table (see s 53);
or
(b) is exempted by regulation.
133 Development
proposals for prohibited development
(1) If a development is prohibited, either under the relevant development
table or under subsection (2), a person cannot apply for approval of a
development proposal for the development.
Note 1 A development is prohibited if any part of the development is
prohibited (see dict, def prohibited).
Note 2 It is an offence to undertake prohibited development (see s
194).
Note 3 However, if development is authorised by a development
approval and subsequently becomes prohibited, the development can continue (see
s 195).
Note 4 Also, development that is lawful when it begins continues to
be lawful (see s 197 and s 198).
(2) A development proposal by an entity other than the Territory or a
territory authority in a future urban area is prohibited unless the structure
plan for the area expressly states otherwise.
134 Applications
for development approval in relation to use for otherwise prohibited
development
(1) This section applies to a development proposal in relation to
beginning a use of land, or a building or structure on the land,
if—
(a) the use is allowed under the lease; but
(b) beginning the use is a prohibited development.
(2) Despite section 133—
(a) a person may apply to the planning and land authority for development
approval for the proposal; and
(b) the proposal is taken not to be prohibited development; and
(c) the impact track applies to the proposal.
(3) Section 194 (1) to (4) does not apply to a development in accordance
with a development approval if the approval is of an application mentioned in
subsection (2) (a).
Part
7.3 Development
applications
Division
7.3.1 Pre-application advice on
development proposals
135 Consideration
of development proposals
(1) The planning and land authority may, but need not, consider a
development proposal if asked by the proponent of the proposal.
Example of when authority might not consider
development proposal
the proposal does not contain enough information to sensibly consider the
proposal under this section
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(2) The planning and land authority must, after considering the
development proposal, tell the person, in writing, the following in relation to
the proposal:
(a) which assessment track is likely to apply to the proposal, or if the
proposal is likely to be exempt or prohibited;
(b) whether the application will be referred under division 7.3.3
(Referral of development applications);
(c) whether public notification under division 7.3.4 will be required for
the application;
(d) whether the development proposed is consistent with existing lease
conditions applying to the land where the development is proposed to take
place;
(e) generally, what further information may be required.
(3) The planning and land authority’s advice on a proposed
development application after consideration is intended to guide and assist the
applicant in making the development application.
(4) However, the planning and land authority may act inconsistently with
advice under this section in relation to a development proposal
if—
(a) the environmental circumstances surrounding the development proposal
change; or
(b) the development proposal for which development approval is sought is
different from the proposal in relation to which the advice was given;
or
(c) when the proponent asked for advice, the request did not include
relevant information; or
(d) the territory plan changes after the advice is given and before the
authority acts; or
(e) the advice given was inconsistent with the territory plan because of
an error.
(5) Advice given under this section expires 6 months after the day it is
given.
Division
7.3.2 Requirements for development
applications
136 Form
of development applications
(1) This section applies to an application for development
approval.
(2) The application must—
(a) be in writing signed by the applicant; and
(b) if the application is made by someone other than the lessee of the
land to which the application relates—also be signed by—
(i) if the land to which the application relates is subject to a
lease—the lessee of the land; or
(ii) if the land to which the application relates is public land or
unleased land—the custodian for the land; or
(iii) in any other case—the planning and land authority;
and
(c) if the application is for approval of a development in the code
track—be accompanied by information or documents addressing the relevant
code requirements; and
(d) if the application is for approval of a development in the merit
track—be accompanied by—
(i) information or documents addressing the relevant code requirements and
relevant merit criteria; and
(ii) an assessment of the possible environmental effects of the
development in detail that is sufficient taking into consideration the size and
significance of the impact of the development on the environment; and
(e) if the application is for approval of a development in the impact
track—be accompanied by—
(i) information or documents addressing the relevant code requirements and
relevant merit criteria; and
(ii) the completed EIS for the proposal; and
(f) if the application is for approval of a variation of a lease—be
accompanied by an assessment by an accredited valuer that sets out the amounts
of the values represented by V1 and
V2 in section 270;
(g) if the application is for approval of a development that is a lease
variation to pay out land rent for land—state the greatest of the
following amounts:
(i) the current site value of the land;
(ii) if the land was purchased at auction—the reserve price of the
land at the auction;
(iii) if the land was granted by direct grant—the value of the land
when originally granted; and
(h) if the application is for approval of a development prescribed by
regulation for this paragraph—an assessment prepared using criteria
provided by 1 or more of the entities to which the application is required to be
referred under division 7.3.3; and
(i) if the application is for approval of a development that requires
construction work to be carried out on land that has previously been developed
and is not leased for rural purposes—be accompanied by a survey
certificate for the land where the development is to be carried out (unless
otherwise prescribed by regulation); and
(j) if the application is for development to which section 199
(Development applications for developments undertaken without approval)
applies—be accompanied by a plan of the development prepared by a
registered surveyor that sets out the dimensions of the development.
Note 1 A development application in the impact track must usually
include an EIS (see s 127).
Note 2 A development application for a development proposal to which
division 7.2.5 applies must include an EIS (see s 119 and div 7.2.4).
Note 3 For when an EIS is completed, see s 203.
(3) A person who signs an application under subsection (2) (b) (i) is
taken to be an applicant in relation to the application.
(4) In this section:
current site value, of a lease, means the market value of the
lease on the day proposed for pay out of the lease if—
(a) the lease were offered for sale subject to the existing conditions on
the lease; and
(b) the lease had its full term; and
(c) the rent payable for the lease were nominal rent; and
(d) the value of the lease were not affected by a proposed variation of
the lease.
market value, of a lease—see section 226.
relevant merit criteria, for a development proposal, means
the merit criteria that apply to the development in each relevant
code.
survey certificate, for land where development is to be
carried out, means a certificate prepared by a registered surveyor that
shows—
(a) the boundaries of the land; and
(b) the location of each building or structure on the land; and
(c) the existing contours of the land.
137 Effect
of approvals in development applications
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a relevant code requirement for a development proposal is that an
entity approves the development or certifies something in relation to the
development; and
(b) the entity approves the development, or certifies something in
relation to the development, in writing; and
(c) the development application is approved (by way of a development
approval).
(2) The entity must not act inconsistently with the development approval
unless—
(a) further information in relation to the development proposed in the
application comes to the entity’s attention (other than information
mentioned in subsection (3)); and
(b) the entity did not have the further information when the entity
approved the development or certified the thing; and
(c) the further information is relevant to the approval of, or
certification in relation to, the development; and
(d) the entity would not have approved the development or certified the
thing considered if the entity had the further information before deciding the
application.
(3) Subsection (2) (a) does not apply to further information in relation
to a development proposed in an application if—
(a) the information was not required in the development application;
and
(b) the information is required by the entity after the application is
approved; and
(c) the information is consistent in all significant respects with
information already provided by the applicant, except that it is more
detailed.
(4) For this section, an entity acts inconsistently with a
development approval if the entity—
(a) does not issue or give an approval or other thing required for the
development; or
(b) issues or gives the approval or other thing in a way, or subject to a
condition, that prevents the applicant undertaking the development
approved.
Example of thing required for
development
the entity’s agreement to the digging up of a footpath to allow the
development
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(5) Also for this section, an entity acts inconsistently
with a development approval if—
(a) the approval, or a certificate in writing by the entity in relation to
the development, states that an activity to which the approval relates does not
require a particular authorisation (however described); and
(b) the entity prosecutes someone, or takes other compliance action, in
relation to the activity because the activity is carried out without the
particular authorisation.
138 Authority
may require further information—development
applications
(1) The planning and land authority may, by written notice, ask an
applicant for development approval to give the authority stated further
information in relation to a development application.
(2) The request must—
(a) state the period within which the further information asked for must
be provided; and
(b) state that the further information must be provided in
writing.
Note A request for further information may affect the time for
deciding a development application (see div 7.3.7).
(3) The period stated under subsection (2) (a) must be at least
20 working days or, if a shorter period is prescribed by regulation, the
shorter period.
(4) The planning and land authority may, on application before the end of
the period stated under subsection (2) (a), extend the period within which the
further information must be provided once only, for a period not longer than 20
working days.
Note The planning and land authority may extend the period within
which further information must be provided after the end of the period being
extended (see Legislation Act, s 151C (3)).
139 Effect
of failure to provide further information—development
applications
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority has asked for further information
under section 138 in relation to an application; and
(b) the applicant has not provided some or all of the information in
accordance with the request.
(2) The planning and land authority may refuse the application under
section 158.
140 Correcting
development applications
(1) The planning and land authority may, on the authority’s own
initiative or on application, correct a formal error in a development
application.
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not make a correction if
making the correction would adversely affect someone other than the
applicant.
(3) If the planning and land authority does not tell the applicant that
the authority refuses to amend a development application by not later than 5
working days after the day the applicant asks for the correction, the authority
is taken to have made the correction.
(4) If the planning and land authority corrects a development application
on the authority’s own initiative, the authority must give the applicant,
or if there is more than 1, each applicant, written notice about the
correction.
141 Amending
development applications
(1) The planning and land authority may, if asked by the applicant, amend
a development application.
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not amend the
development application unless satisfied that—
(a) the development applied for after the amendment will be substantially
the same as the development applied for originally; and
(b) the assessment track for the application will not change if the
application is amended.
(3) The planning and land authority must, not later than 5 working days
after the day the applicant asks for the amendment—
(a) amend the development application; or
(b) refuse to amend the development application.
(4) If the planning and land authority does not tell the applicant that
the authority refuses to amend the application within the time given under
subsection (3), the authority is taken to have amended the
application.
142 Referred
development application amended
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a development application has been amended under section 141;
and
(b) before it was amended, the application was referred to an entity under
division 7.3.3.
(2) The planning and land authority must refer the development application
to the entity.
Note Section 146 sets out what the entity to which the application
is referred must do with the application.
(3) A referral under subsection (2) must include a brief description of
how the application has been amended since the entity last saw it.
(4) However, if the planning and land authority is satisfied that the
proposed amendment of the application does not affect any part of the
application in relation to which the entity to which the application was
referred made a comment, the authority need not refer the proposed amendment to
the entity.
143 Notice
of amended development applications
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority amends a development application;
and
(b) the making of the application has been publicly notified.
(2) The planning and land authority must publicly notify the amended
application under division 7.3.4 (Public notification of development
applications and representations).
(3) However, the planning and land authority may waive the requirement to
publicly notify the amended application for development approval if satisfied
that—
(a) no-one other than the applicant will be adversely affected by the
amendment; and
(b) the environmental impact caused by the approval of the amendment will
do no more than minimally increase the environmental impact of the
development.
144 Withdrawal
of development applications
An applicant may withdraw a development application at any time before the
application is approved.
Division
7.3.3 Referral of development
applications
145 Some
development applications to be referred
(1) The planning and land authority must refer a development application
prescribed by regulation to an entity prescribed by regulation.
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not refer a development
application to an entity under subsection (1) if—
(a) the authority is satisfied that the applicant has adequately consulted
the entity in relation to the application not earlier than 6 months before the
day the application is made; and
(b) the entity agrees in writing to the proposed development.
(3) A written agreement to a proposed development mentioned in subsection
(2) (b) is taken to be advice received in accordance with section 146 in
relation to an application for development approval for the
development.
(4) To remove any doubt, if the planning and land authority is not
required to refer a development application to an entity under subsection
(1)—
(a) the authority need not refer the application to the entity before
deciding the application; and
(b) the decision of the authority is not affected by the authority not
referring the application to the entity.
146 Requirement
to give advice in relation to development applications
(1) This section applies if a development application, including an
amended application, is referred to an entity.
Note An amended application may be required to be referred to an
entity under s 142.
(2) The entity must give the planning and land authority the
entity’s advice in relation to the development application not later than
15 working days after the day the authority gives the application to the
entity or, if a shorter period is prescribed by regulation, not later than the
end of the shorter period.
Note 1 A written agreement to a development proposal under
section 145 (2) (b) is taken to be advice given in accordance
with this section in relation to a development application for the proposal (see
s 145 (3)).
Note 2 For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
147 Effect
of no response by referral entity
For this Act, if an entity fails to provide advice in accordance with
section 146 in relation to a development application referred to the entity, the
entity is taken to have given advice that the entity supports the
application.
148 Effect
of advice by referral entity
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a development application, including a development application amended
under section 141, is referred to an entity; and
(b) the entity gives advice on the application in accordance with section
146; and
Note Advice on an application is given
in accordance with section 146 if the advice is given by an entity not
later than 15 working days (or shorter prescribed period) after the day the
application is given to the entity.
(c) the planning and land authority or Minister approves the application;
and
(d) the approval is substantially consistent with the advice.
(2) The entity must not act inconsistently with the advice in relation to
the development application unless—
(a) further information in relation to the development proposed in the
application comes to the entity’s attention (other than information
mentioned in subsection (3)); and
(b) the entity did not have the further information when the entity gave
the advice; and
(c) the further information is relevant to the advice the entity gave;
and
(d) the entity would have given different advice if the entity had the
further information before giving the advice.
(3) Subsection (2) (a) does not apply to further information in relation
to a development proposed in an application if the information—
(a) was not required in the development application; and
(b) is required by the entity after the application is approved;
and
(c) is consistent in all significant respects with information already
provided by the applicant, except that it is more detailed.
(4) For this section, an entity acts inconsistently with
advice in relation to a development application if—
(a) the advice is that the entity will issue or give an approval or other
thing in relation to the development; and
(b) the application is approved; and
(c) the entity—
(i) does not issue or give the approval or other thing consistent with the
advice; or
(ii) issues or gives the approval or other thing in a way, or subject to a
condition, that prevents the applicant undertaking the development
approved.
Example of advice
that the entity will agree to the digging up of a footpath to allow the
development
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(5) Also for this section, an entity acts inconsistently
with advice in relation to an application if—
(a) the advice is that an activity to which the application relates does
not require a particular authorisation (however described); and
(b) the entity prosecutes someone, or takes other compliance action, in
relation to the activity because the activity is carried out without the
particular authorisation.
Example of acting
inconsistently
An Act prohibits activity A without an approval. The entity responsible
for administering the Act gives advice under section 146 that the activity
(activity B) in the application does not fall within the description of activity
A. The application is approved consistent with the advice. The entity cannot
prosecute a person for carrying out activity B in accordance with the approved
application because activity B does fall within the description of activity A
and the person did not have approval.
(6) For this section, an entity acts inconsistently with advice that the
entity is taken under section 147 to have given in relation to a development
application if the entity—
(a) refuses to do something required to be done by the entity to allow the
applicant to undertake the development approved in the application; or
(b) does something in a way, or subject to a condition, that prevents the
applicant from undertaking the development approved in the
application.
Division
7.3.4 Public notification of
development applications and representations
149 What
is publicly notifies for ch 7?
For this chapter, the planning and land authority publicly
notifies a development application if—
(a) for an application for a development proposal in the merit track other
than a proposal to which paragraph (b) applies—the authority notifies the
application under—
(i) section 150; and
(ii) if the development proposal is, or includes, a lease
variation—section 151; or
(b) for an application for a development proposal in the impact track or
an application for a development proposal in the merit track that is prescribed
by regulation for this paragraph—the authority notifies the application
under—
(i) section 150 and section 152; and
(ii) if the development proposal is, or includes, a lease
variation—section 151; or
Note 1 Only developments to which the merit track and impact track
applies are required to be publicly notified (see s 120 and s 129). Also,
the planning and land authority must re-notify some amended development
applications (see s 143).
Note 2 A person other than an applicant may apply for review of a
decision to approve a development application in the merit track only if the
application is required to be notified under section 152 (see sch 1,
item 4).
150 Public
notice to adjoining premises
(1) This section applies in relation to a development application
if—
(a) the planning and land authority must notify the application under this
section; and
(b) a place (the adjoining place) other than unleased land
adjoins the place (the developing place) to which the application
relates.
(2) If the adjoining place is occupied, the planning and land authority
must give written notice of the making of the development application to the
registered proprietor of the lease of the adjoining place at the adjoining
place.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(3) If the adjoining place is unoccupied, the planning and land authority
must give written notice of the making of the development application to the
lessee of the adjoining place at the lessee’s last-known
address.
(4) However, the planning and land authority need not give public notice
under subsection (2) or (3)—
(a) if, in the authority’s opinion, it would be impractical to give
notice by post to the lessee of each adjoining place because of the number of
adjoining places; or
(b) in relation to an adjoining place that is leased by the applicant or a
person for whom the applicant has been appointed to act as agent.
Note This section is subject to s 404 and s 405.
(5) The validity of a development approval is not affected by a failure by
the planning and land authority to comply with this section.
(6) In this section:
adjoins—a place adjoins another place if
the place touches the other place, or is separated from the other place only by
a road, reserve, river, watercourse or similar division.
registered proprietor—see section 226.
151 Public
notice to registered interest-holders
(1) This section applies in relation to a development application
if—
(a) the planning and land authority must notify the application under this
section because it is, or includes, a lease variation; and
(b) a person other than the applicant has a registered interest in the
land comprised in the lease to be varied.
(2) The planning and land authority must give written notice of the making
of the development application to each person, other than the applicant, with a
registered interest in the land comprised in the lease.
152 Major
public notification
(1) If the planning and land authority must notify a development
application under this section, the authority must do each of the
following:
(a) display a sign on the place to which the application relates that
states the development proposed to be undertaken;
(b) publish notice of the making of the application in a daily
newspaper.
Note This section is subject to s 404 and s 405.
(2) A person commits an offence if—
(a) a sign is displayed under subsection (1) (a); and
(b) the person moves, alters, damages, defaces, covers or prevents access
to the sign while it is required to be displayed.
Maximum penalty: 5 penalty units.
(3) An offence against subsection (2) is a strict liability
offence.
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply to a person if the person acts with the
written approval of the chief planning executive.
(5) The validity of a development approval is not affected by a failure by
the planning and land authority to comply with this section.
153 Representations
about development applications
(1) Anyone may make a representation about a development application that
has been publicly notified under this Act.
Note Only developments in the merit track and impact track are
required to be publicly notified (see s 120 and s 129). Also, the planning
and land authority must re-notify some amended development applications (see
s 143).
(2) A representation about a development application must be made during
the public consultation period for the application.
(3) The planning and land authority may, by notice published in a daily
newspaper, extend the public consultation period.
Note The planning and land authority may extend the public
consultation period after it has ended (see Legislation Act, s 151C).
(4) A person who makes a representation about a development application
may, in writing, withdraw the representation at any time before the application
is decided.
(5) To remove any doubt, a representation about a development
application—
(a) may relate to how the development proposed in the application meets,
or does not meet, any finding or recommendation of the EIS for the development;
and
(b) must not relate to the adequacy of the EIS for the
development.
Note Representations about a draft EIS may be made under s
212.
(6) In this section:
public consultation period means—
(a) the period prescribed by regulation for this section; or
(b) if the period prescribed is extended under subsection (3), the
prescribed period as extended.
Division
7.3.5 Ministerial call-in power for
development applications
154 Direction
that development applications be referred to Minister
(1) The Minister may, in writing, direct the planning and land authority
to refer to the Minister a development application that has not been decided by
the authority.
Note 1 Section 12 provides that the planning and land authority must
comply with directions given to it under this Act or a territory law.
Note 2 The power to make a statutory instrument (like the
Minister’s direction) about a matter includes the power to make the
instrument for a particular class of matters (see Legislation Act, s 48
(2)).
(2) The planning and land authority must give a copy of the
Minister’s direction in relation to a development application to each
entity to whom the application—
(a) is required to be referred, or has been referred, under
section 145; and
(b) would be required to be referred under section 145 but for section 145
(2).
(3) If the Minister gives a direction under subsection (1) in relation to
an application, the planning and land authority must take no further action that
would lead to a decision by the authority on the application.
(4) When complying with the direction under subsection (1), the planning
and land authority must also give the Minister—
(a) the information and documents received by the authority in relation to
the application, including any advice given to the authority under division
7.3.3 (Referral of development applications); and
(b) any other relevant information and documents held by the
authority.
155 Minister
may decide to consider development applications
(1) This section applies in relation to an application referred to the
Minister under section 154.
(2) The Minister may decide to consider the application if, in the
Minister’s opinion—
(a) the application raises a major policy issue; or
(b) the application seeks approval for a development that may have a
substantial effect on the achievement or development of the object of the
territory plan as set out in the statement of strategic directions and
objectives for each zone to which the application relates; or
(c) the approval or refusal of the application would provide a substantial
public benefit.
(3) If the Minister is satisfied that the Minister should not consider the
application, the Minister must refer the application back to the planning and
land authority for decision.
156 Minister
decides to consider referred development applications
(1) This section applies if the Minister decides under section 155 to
consider an application referred to the Minister.
(2) The Minister must—
(a) tell the planning and land authority about the decision to consider
the application; and
(b) tell the applicant in writing about the decision and the grounds on
which the decision was made; and
(c) ensure that the Minister has the comments of the authority on the
application; and
(d) approve or refuse the application under section 158 (Deciding
development applications).
(3) A notice under subsection (2) (a) is a notifiable
instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
(4) A notice under subsection (2) (a) must be notified under the
Legislation Act not later than 15 working days after the day it is
given.
157 After
Minister decides referred development applications
(1) This section applies if the Minister decides an application under
section 158.
(2) Not later than 3 sitting days after the day the Minister decides the
application, the Minister must present to the Legislative Assembly a statement
containing—
(a) a description of the development to which the application relates;
and
(b) details of the land where the development is proposed to take place;
and
(c) the applicant’s name; and
(d) details of the Minister’s decision; and
(e) the grounds for the decision.
Division
7.3.6 Deciding development
applications
158 Deciding
development applications
(1) The planning and land authority or, for a development application that
the Minister decides to consider under division 7.3.5 (Ministerial call-in power
for development applications), the Minister, must—
(a) approve a development application; or
(b) approve a development application subject to a condition; or
(c) refuse a development application.
Note 1 For provisions about conditions, see s 160. Also, a
development application to vary a lease granted as a concessional lease by
surrender and regrant of the lease as a market value lease is subject to a
condition (see s 254).
Note 2 Notice of a decision under s (1) must be given under div
7.3.8.
Note 3 If a development application has been referred to an entity
under division 7.3.3, the notice of the decision under this section must include
information about any comment by the referral entity and whether the authority
has followed the entity’s advice (see s 167).
Note 4 The criteria for a decision on an application to vary a lease
granted as a concessional lease are in div 9.4.2.
Note 5 An applicant and, in some cases, other people may have a
right to apply for review of a decision under s (1) (see ch 13 and sch 1).
However, the right to apply for legal review of a decision by the Minister is
time-limited (see s 403).
(2) The planning and land authority or Minister must take action under
subsection (1) in relation to a development application not later than the end
of the prescribed time period for the application.
(3) If the planning and land authority approves a development application
that relates to a registered tree, the authority may, under this
section—
(a) if a tree management plan is already in force for the
tree—approve an amendment of, or replacement for, the tree management
plan; or
(b) in any other case—approve a tree management plan for the
tree.
(4) In this section:
prescribed time period, for a development application,
means—
(a) the period set out in part 7.2 (Assessment tracks for development
applications) for deciding an application for a development proposal in the
assessment track that applies to the proposal; or
(b) if the period mentioned in paragraph (a) is extended under division
7.3.7—the period mentioned in paragraph (a) plus each extension that
applies to the application under division 7.3.7.
Note The time for deciding a development application is 20 working
days for a proposal in the code track (see s 117), 30 or 45 working days for a
proposal in the merit track (see s 121) or different periods for a proposal in
the impact track (see s 130).
159 Power
to approve etc development applications deemed refused
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a development application has been made; and
(b) the time for deciding the application has ended; and
(c) neither the planning and land authority nor the Minister has decided
the application under section 158.
(2) The planning and land or, if the Minister has decided to consider the
application under division 7.3.5, the Minister, may approve the
application, or approve the application subject to a condition, under section
158 despite the ending of the time for deciding the application.
(3) To remove any doubt, if neither the planning and land authority nor
the Minister has decided an application under section 158, the authority is
taken to have decided to refuse the application under the Administrative
Appeals Tribunal Act 1989, section 24 (6).
Note A decision of the AAT on review is taken to have been a
decision of the original decision-maker, so the planning and land authority or
Minister will not be able to approve an application if the AAT has decided an
application for review of the deemed refusal (see Administrative Appeals
Tribunal Act 1989, s 44 (11)).
160 Conditional
approvals
(1) This section applies in relation to the conditions subject to which
the planning and land authority, or the Minister, may approve a development
application under section 158 (1) (b).
(2) The approval under section 158 (1) (b)—
(a) must include any condition that is required to be included by the
territory plan; and
(b) must not include a condition inconsistent with a condition required to
be included by the territory plan.
(3) Following are examples of the conditions subject to which a
development approval in relation to land may be approved, other than an approval
for a code track proposal:
(a) that a development, or a stated stage of a development, is to be
carried out to the satisfaction of a stated entity;
(b) requiring a development to be carried out in stages within the periods
stated in or under the approval;
(c) stating a period in which a development or any stage of a development
is to be carried out;
(d) that the approval does not take effect unless a stated approval is
revoked, amended or given;
(e) that a lease relating to the land be varied and the variation
registered under the Land Titles Act 1925;
(f) requiring an existing licence to be varied;
(g) that another approval relating to the land be surrendered;
(h) that stated things be done to prevent or minimise adverse
environmental impacts;
(i) if the approval relates to a use of land, or a building or structure
on the land—that the land, or buildings or structures on the land, may
only be used for the use in stated circumstances;
(j) in relation to an approval to carry out a development for a stated
period—
(i) that building works or other works carried out in or on a place the
subject of the approval are to be removed at the end of the period; or
(ii) that the place where the development is to take place is to be
restored to a particular state at the end of the period;
(k) that a bond be entered into securing performance against the
conditions of the approval;
(l) if the approval is in relation to a place registered, or nominated for
provisional registration, under the Heritage Act 2004—that the
applicant enter into a heritage agreement under that Act for the conservation of
the heritage significance of the place;
(m) that a development be carried out to a stated standard;
(n) that stated works, services or facilities that the relevant authority
considers reasonable in the circumstances—
(i) be provided by the applicant on or to a place the subject of the
approval, or on or to another place; or
(ii) be paid for completely or partly by the applicant; or
(iii) be provided on or to a place the subject of the approval by
agreement between the applicant and the Minister responsible for the provision
of the works, services or facilities;
(o) that plans, drawings, specifications or other documents be prepared by
the applicant and lodged with the planning and land authority for approval
before the development or a stated part of it starts;
(p) requiring changes to be made to any plan, drawing, specification or
other document forming part of the application for approval.
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(4) A code track proposal must not be approved subject to a condition
unless the condition is prescribed by regulation for this subsection.
(5) The planning and land authority may approve an amendment to a plan,
drawing or other document approved under subsection (3) (o) if the
amendment—
(a) if made, would not make the approval inconsistent with
section 174 (When development approval takes effect—activity not
allowed by lease); and
(b) is not inconsistent with an approval under subsection (3)
(o).
Division
7.3.7 Extensions of time for deciding
development applications
161 Extension
of time for further information—further information
sufficient
(1) This section applies to a development application if—
(a) the planning and land authority gives the applicant a notice (a
request notice) under section 138 asking for further information
in relation to the application; and
(b) the request notice is given to the applicant not later than
10 working days after the day the application is lodged; and
(c) the authority has not asked for further information by request notice
in relation to the application before; and
(d) the applicant gives the authority the information required by the
request notice before the end of the period stated in the notice, or any
extension of the period under section 138 (4).
(2) The time for deciding the development application under
section 158 is extended by a period—
(a) starting on the day after the day the planning and land authority
gives the applicant the request notice; and
(b) ending on the day the applicant gives the authority the information
required by the request notice.
162 Extension
of time for further information—further information
insufficient
(1) This section applies to a development application if—
(a) the planning and land authority gives the applicant a notice
(a request notice) under section 138 asking for further
information in relation to the application; and
(b) the request notice is given to the applicant not later than
10 working days after the day the application is lodged; and
(c) the authority has not asked for further information by request notice
in relation to the application before; and
(d) the applicant gives the authority information relating to the request
notice before the end of the period stated in the request notice, or any
extension of the period under section 138 (4); and
(e) the authority decides that the information given in relation to the
request notice is insufficient and gives the applicant written notice (the
insufficiency notice) of the decision.
(2) The time for deciding the development application under
section 158 is extended by a period—
(a) starting on the day after the day the planning and land authority
gives the applicant the request notice; and
(b) ending 20 working days after the day the applicant receives the
insufficiency notice.
163 Extension
of time for further information—no further information
given
(1) This section applies to a development application if—
(a) the planning and land authority gives the applicant a notice
(a request notice) under section 138 asking for further
information in relation to the application; and
(b) the request notice is given to the applicant not later than
10 working days after the day the application is lodged; and
(c) the authority has not asked for further information by request notice
in relation to the application before; and
(d) the applicant does not give the authority the information asked for by
the request notice before the end of the period stated in the request notice, or
any extension of the period under section 138 (4).
(2) The time for deciding the development application under
section 158 is extended by—
(a) a period of the same length as the period for giving further
information stated in the request notice; or
(b) if the period for giving further information stated in the request
notice has been extended under section 138 (4)—a period the same length as
the period stated in the request notice as extended under section 138
(4).
164 Extension
of time—application amended
(1) This section applies in relation to a development application if the
application is amended under section 141.
(2) The time for deciding the development application under
section 158 is extended by the period—
(a) starting on the day the application is made; and
(b) ending on the later of the following days:
(i) the day the application is amended under section 141;
(ii) if the amended application must be publicly notified under division
7.3.4 (see s 143 (1) (b))—the day after the public consultation period for
the application ends.
(3) In this section:
public consultation period—see section 153
(5).
Division
7.3.8 Notice of decisions on
development applications
165 Notice
of approval of application
(1) If a development application is approved under section 158 (1) (a) or
(b), the planning and land authority must give written notice—
(a) to the applicant; and
(b) if the application approved relates to a variation of a lease—to
the registrar-general for notification under the Land Titles
Act 1925; and
(c) if the application approved relates only to the use of land, or a
building or structure on the land, including beginning a new use or changing a
use—to the registrar-general for notification under the Land Titles
Act 1925; and
(d) to each person who made a representation under section 153 about the
application.
(2) A notice to an applicant must state the date the approval takes
effect.
Note For date of effect of an approval, see div 7.3.9.
(3) A notice under subsection (1) in relation to an approval
must—
(a) contain the following:
(i) a description of the place to which the approval relates;
(ii) a brief description of the development to which the approval relates;
and
(b) state the assessment track that applied to the development proposal to
which the approval relates; and
(c) set out the decision and the reasons for the approval; and
(d) if the approval is subject to conditions—set out the conditions
the approval is subject to; and
Note For approvals subject to
conditions, see s 160.
(e) state the place where, and times when, a copy of the application and
the approval may be inspected.
Note If the notice is given to a person who may apply to the AAT for
review of the decision to which it relates, the notice must comply with the
requirements of the code of practice in force under the Administrative Appeals
Tribunal Act 1989, s 25B (1) (see s 401 (3)).
166 Notice
of refusal of application
(1) If a development application is refused under
section 158 (1) (c) (Deciding development applications), the
planning and land authority must give written notice of the refusal
to—
(a) the applicant; and
(b) each person who made a representation under section 153 about the
application.
(2) However, to remove any doubt, the planning and land authority need not
give notice of a decision deemed under the Administrative Appeals Tribunal
Act 1989, section 24 (6) to have been made to refuse a development
application.
(3) A notice under subsection (1) must set out the reasons for the
decision.
Note If the notice is given to a person who may apply to the AAT for
review of the decision to which it relates, the notice must comply with the
requirements of the code of practice in force under the Administrative Appeals
Tribunal Act 1989, s 25B (1) (see s 401 (3)).
167 Notice
of decision on referred development application
(1) This section applies in relation to a development application
if—
(a) the application is referred to an entity under section 145;
and
(b) the entity gives the planning and land authority advice in relation to
the application; and
(c) the authority decides the application under section 158 (Deciding
development applications).
(2) Notice of the decision under section 165 or section 166 must include a
statement about—
(a) whether the planning and land authority followed the advice of the
entity when making the decision; and
(b) if the authority did not follow the advice of the entity—why the
authority did not follow the advice of the entity.
(3) However, the planning and land authority need not comply with
subsection (2) in relation to an entity’s advice on a development
application if satisfied on reasonable grounds that the advice is not relevant
to the application.
168 Notice
if representation by 2 or more people
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a decision has been made under section 158 in relation to a
development application; and
(b) a representation has been made under section 153 about the
application; and
(c) 2 or more people made the representation.
(2) The planning and land authority is taken to have complied with section
165 (1) (d) or section 166 (1) (b) in relation to the representation if the
authority gives notice—
(a) if 1 person has been nominated as the person to whom notice of the
decision is to be given and the person’s address has been given to the
authority—to the nominated person; or
(b) in any other case—to 1 of the people who made the
representation.
169 Notice
of decision to referral entities
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a decision has been made under section 158 in relation to a
development application; and
(b) the application was referred to an entity under division
7.3.3.
(2) The planning and land authority must give a copy of the decision on
the development application to each entity to which the application was
referred.
Division
7.3.9 Effect and duration of
development approvals
170 When
development approvals take effect—no representations and no right of
review
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority or Minister approves a development
application under section 158; and
(b) there are no representations about the application; and
(c) there is no right to apply to the AAT for review of the decision other
than for the applicant or a person who made a representation; and
(d) the development does not include an activity not allowed under the
lease for the land on which the development is proposed to take place;
and
(e) the approval is not subject to a condition that something must happen
before the approval takes effect; and
(f) no application has been made under division 7.3.10 for reconsideration
of the approval.
(2) The approval of the development application takes effect on the day
after the day the application is approved.
171 When
development approvals take effect—single
representation
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority or Minister approves a development
application under section 158; and
(b) a single representation about the application has been made;
and
(c) no application is made to the AAT for review of the decision to
approve the application by the end of the period of 20 working days after the
day the person who made the representation was told about the decision;
and
(d) the development does not include an activity not allowed under the
lease for the land on which the development is proposed to take place;
and
(e) the approval is not subject to a condition that something must happen
before the approval takes effect; and
(f) no application has been made under division 7.3.10 for reconsideration
of the approval.
(2) The approval of the development application takes effect
20 working days after the day notice of the decision to approve the
application is given to the person who made the representation.
172 When
development approvals take effect—multiple
representations
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority or Minister approves a development
application under section 158; and
(b) 2 or more representations about the application have been made;
and
(c) no application is made to the AAT for review of the decision to
approve the application by the end of the period of 20 working days after the
final notice of the decision is given; and
(d) the approval is not subject to a condition that something must happen
before the approval takes effect; and
(e) no application has been made under division 7.3.10 for reconsideration
of the approval.
(2) The approval of the development application takes effect
20 working days after the final notice of the decision to approve the
application is given.
(3) In this section:
final notice, of a decision to approve a development
application, means the day when every person who made a representation on the
application has been given notice of the decision.
173 When
development approvals take effect—AAT review
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority or Minister approves a development
application under section 158; and
(b) application is made to the AAT for review of the decision to approve
the application and the tribunal confirms the decision (whether completely or
partly); and
(c) the development does not include an activity not allowed under the
lease for the land on which the development is proposed to take place;
and
(d) the approval is not subject to a condition that something must happen
before the approval takes effect; and
(e) no application has been made under division 7.3.10 for reconsideration
of the approval.
(2) The approval of the development application takes effect on the latest
of the following days:
(a) the day the approval would take effect under this division if no
application had been made to the AAT for review of the decision to approve the
application;
(b) the day after the day the approval is confirmed by the AAT (whether
completely or partly).
174 When
development approval takes effect—activity not allowed by
lease
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority or Minister approves a development
application under section 158; and
(b) the development includes an activity not allowed by a lease of the
land where the activity is to be carried out; and
(c) the approval is not subject to a condition that something must happen
before the approval takes effect; and
(d) no application has been made under division 7.3.10 for reconsideration
of the approval.
(2) The approval of the development application takes effect on the latest
of the following days:
(a) the day the approval would take effect under this division if the
development did not include an activity not allowed by a lease of the land where
the activity is to be carried out;
(b) the day the variation of the lease to allow the activity takes
effect;
(c) if an application for review has been made in relation to the
approval—the day after the day—
(i) the approval is confirmed by the AAT (whether completely or partly);
or
(ii) the application for review is withdrawn.
Note A lease variation takes effect on registration (see Land
Titles Act 1925, s 72A (3)).
175 When
development approval takes effect—condition to be met
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority or Minister approves a development
application under section 158; and
(b) the development does not include an activity not allowed by a lease of
the land where the activity is to be carried out; and
(c) the approval is subject to a condition that something must happen
before the approval takes effect; and
(d) no application has been made under division 7.3.10 for reconsideration
of the approval.
(2) The approval of the development application takes effect on the latest
of the following days:
(a) the day the approval would take effect under this division if the
approval were not subject to a condition that something must happen before the
approval takes effect;
(b) the day the condition is complied with;
(c) if an application for review has been made in relation to the
approval—the day after the day—
(i) the approval is confirmed by the AAT (whether completely or partly);
or
(ii) the application for review is withdrawn.
176 When
development approval takes effect—activity not allowed by lease and
condition to be met
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority or Minister approves a development
application under section 158; and
(b) the development includes an activity not allowed by a lease of the
land where the activity is to be carried out; and
(c) the approval is subject to a condition that something must happen
before the approval takes effect; and
(d) no application has been made under division 7.3.10 for reconsideration
of the approval.
(2) The approval of the development application takes effect on the latest
of the following days:
(a) the day the approval would take effect under section 174 if the
approval were not subject to a condition that something must happen before the
approval takes effect;
(b) the day the approval would take effect under section 175 if the
development did not include an activity not allowed by a lease of the land where
the activity is to be carried out.
177 When
development approval takes effect—application for
reconsideration
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority or Minister approves (the
original decision) a development application under
section 158; and
(b) application is made for reconsideration under section 185 of the
decision to approve the development application; and
(c) no application is made to the AAT for review of the original decision
within the time allowed; and
(d) the original decision is confirmed on reconsideration under
division 7.3.10.
(2) The approval of the development application takes effect on the latest
of the following days:
(a) the day the approval would take effect under this division if there
were no application for reconsideration;
(b) the day after the day—
(i) the approval is confirmed under division 7.3.10; or
(ii) the application for reconsideration is withdrawn;
(c) if an application for review is made in relation to the decision to
confirm the original decision—the day after the day—
(i) the approval is confirmed by the AAT (whether completely or partly);
or
(ii) the application for review is withdrawn.
178 When
development approval takes effect—reconsideration and review
right
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority or Minister refuses a development
application under section 158, or approves the application subject to a
condition; and
(b) under division 7.3.10—
(i) the authority reconsiders the decision mentioned in paragraph (a) (the
original decision); and
(ii) the authority makes a decision (the substituted
decision) in substitution for the original decision, other than a
decision to refuse the development application; and
(c) a person has, or may have, a right to apply to the AAT for review of
the substituted decision.
(2) The approval of the development takes effect 20 working days after the
day the substituted decision is made.
179 End
of development approvals other than lease variations
(1) This section applies to a development approval other
than—
(a) a development approval that consists only of a variation of a lease;
or
(b) a part of a development approval that consists of a variation of a
lease; or
(c) a development approval, or part of a development approval, that
relates only to the use of land, or a building or structure on the land,
including beginning a new use or a change of use.
(2) A development approval to which this section applies ends
if—
(a) the development or any stage of the development has not started by the
end of the period stated in the approval; or
(b) the development or any stage of the development has not finished by
the end of the period stated in the approval; or
(c) if no period is stated in the approval for starting the development or
any stage of the development—the development or stage of development has
not started 2 years after the day the approval takes effect; or
(d) the approval holder surrenders the approval to the planning and land
authority; or
(e) if no time is stated in the approval for finishing the
development—the development is not finished—
(i) 2 years after the day the development begins; or
(ii) if an extension of the 2-year period is granted under this
section—at the end of the extended period; or
(f) if the development approval relates to land comprised in a lease that
requires the development to be completed on a stated date—the date stated
in the lease for completion of the development; or
(g) the approval is revoked under section 183.
(3) On application made before the end of a prescribed period, the
planning and land authority may extend the prescribed period.
(4) In this section:
prescribed period, in relation to a development approval,
means—
(a) the time stated in the approval for finishing the development or a
stage of the development; or
(b) if no time is stated in the approval for finishing the
development—the period ending 2 years after the development
begins.
180 End
of development approvals for lease variations
(1) This section applies to—
(a) a development approval that consists only of a variation of a lease;
or
(b) a part of a development approval that consists of a variation of a
lease.
(2) The development approval, or part of the approval,
ends—
(a) if—
(i) the lease is varied in accordance with the approval; or
(ii) the lease is terminated; or
(iii) the approval is revoked under section 183; or
(iv) the approval holder surrenders the approval to the planning and land
authority; or
(v) the lease expires and no application is made under section 246
for a further lease; or
Note A person may apply for the grant of a further lease not later
than 6 months after the expiry of the affected lease.
(vi) the lease is surrendered; or
(b) at the end of the period of 2 years starting on the day after the day
the approval is given.
181 End
of development approvals for use under lease without lease variation, licence or
permit
(1) This section applies to a development approval, or part of a
development approval, that—
(a) relates only to the use of land, or a building or structure on the
land, under a lease (the affected lease), including beginning a
new use or a change of use; and
(b) does not involve a lease variation.
(2) The development approval ends if—
(a) the affected lease expires and no application is made under section
246 for a further lease; or
Note A person may apply for the grant of
a further lease not later than 6 months after the expiry of the affected
lease.
(b) the approval is revoked under section 183; or
(c) if the approval states a period for the end of the approval—the
period ends; or
(d) the approval is surrendered; or
(e) the affected lease is surrendered (other than under section 246) or
terminated.
(3) If use in accordance with the development approval does not begin or
happen before the end of the period of 2 years starting on the day after the day
the approval is given, the development approval ends at the end of the 2-year
period.
(4) To remove any doubt, a development approval relating to use does not
end only because 1 or more of the following apply to the development or
lease:
(a) the use is not continuous;
(b) someone deals with the affected lease;
(c) a further lease is granted for the affected lease on application under
section 246, whether the grant happens immediately after the expiry of the
affected lease or otherwise.
Examples of use not being continuous for par
(a)
1 the use is interrupted
2 the use is intermittent
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(5) The planning and land authority must tell the registrar-general about
the ending of a development approval to which this section applies
if—
(a) the authority gave the registrar-general notice of the approval;
and
(b) the approval is surrendered to the authority.
(6) In this section:
deal with a lease—see section 226.
182 End
of development approvals for use under licence or permit
(1) This section applies to a development approval, or part of a
development approval, that relates only to the use of land under a licence or
permit.
(2) The development approval ends if—
(a) the approval is revoked under section 183; or
(b) if the approval states a period for the end of the approval—the
period ends; or
(c) the approval is surrendered; or
(d) the licence or permit ends—
(i) whether on expiry or otherwise; and
(ii) even if renewed.
(3) If use in accordance with the development approval does not begin or
happen before the end of the period of 2 years starting on the day after the day
the approval is given, the development approval ends at the end of the 2-year
period.
(4) To remove any doubt, a development approval relating to use does not
end only because the use is not continuous.
Examples of use not being
continuous
1 the use is interrupted
2 the use is intermittent
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
183 Revocation
of development approvals
(1) The planning and land authority may revoke a development
approval—
(a) if satisfied that the approval was obtained by fraud or
misrepresentation; or
(b) if the approval is in relation to a place registered, or nominated for
provisional registration, under the Heritage Act 2004—if the
applicant is convicted of an offence against this part or the Heritage Act
2004.
(2) The planning and land authority must tell the registrar-general about
the revocation of the development approval if the authority gave the
registrar-general notice of the approval.
Division
7.3.10 Reconsideration of decisions on
development applications
184 Definitions—div
7.3.10
In this division:
original application—see section 185 (1) (a).
original decision—see section 185 (1) (a).
reconsideration application—see section 185
(3).
185 Applications
for reconsideration
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a development application, or an application for amendment of a
development approval, (the original application) has been approved
subject to a condition or refused (the original decision) by the
planning and land authority; and
(b) an application has not previously been made under this section for
reconsideration of the original decision; and
(c) the AAT has not decided an application for review of the original
decision.
(2) However, this section does not apply in relation to the refusal of a
development application, or an application for amendment of a development
approval, in the code track.
(3) The applicant for the original application may apply (the
reconsideration application) for reconsideration of the original
decision.
(4) The reconsideration application must—
(a) be in writing signed by the applicant; and
(b) if the application is made by someone other than the lessee of the
land to which the application relates and the land is not unleased—also be
signed by the lessee of the land.
(5) The reconsideration application must be made not later
than—
(a) 20 working days after the day the applicant is told about the original
decision by the planning and land authority; or
(b) any longer period allowed by the planning and land
authority.
Note The planning and land authority may extend the period after the
end of the period being extended (see Legislation Act,
s 151C (3)).
(6) The reconsideration application must set out the grounds on which
reconsideration of the original decision is sought.
Note Making an application under this section stays the operation of
the decision for which reconsideration is sought.
186 Notice
to AAT of reconsideration application
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a development application, or an application for amendment of a
development approval, (the original application) has been approved
subject to a condition or refused (the original decision) by the
planning and land authority; and
(b) a person applies for reconsideration of the original decision;
and
(c) the person also applies to the AAT for review of the original
decision, whether before or after applying for reconsideration; and
(d) the AAT gives the planning and land authority notice of the
application for review.
(2) The planning and land authority must tell the AAT in writing about the
application for reconsideration.
(1) If the planning and land authority receives a reconsideration
application, the authority must—
(a) reconsider the original decision; and
(b) not later than 20 working days after the day the authority receives
the application—
(i) make any decision in substitution for the original decision that the
authority could have made on the original application; or
(ii) confirm the original decision.
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not take action under
subsection (1) (b) if the AAT has decided an application for review of the
original decision.
(3) The 20 working days mentioned in subsection (1) may be extended for a
stated period by agreement between the planning and land authority and the
applicant.
(4) In reconsidering the original decision, the planning and land
authority—
(a) need not publicly notify the reconsideration application under
division 7.3.4; but
(b) must give written notice of the reconsideration application to anyone
who made a representation under section 153 about the original application,
allow the person reasonable time (that is not shorter than 2 weeks) to make a
representation on the reconsideration application, and consider any
representation made within the time allowed.
(5) Also, in reconsidering the original decision, the planning and land
authority—
(a) must consider any information available to the authority when it made
the original decision and information given in the reconsideration application;
and
(b) may consider any other relevant information.
Example of other relevant
information
information from representations
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(6) The planning and land authority must ensure that, if the original
decision is made on the authority’s behalf by a person (the original
decision-maker), the authority or someone other than the original
decision-maker reconsiders the decision.
188 No
action by authority within time
If the planning and land authority does not make a substitute decision, or
confirm the original decision, by the end of the 20 working days, or the
20-working day period as extended by agreement, mentioned in section 187, the
authority is taken to have confirmed the original decision.
189 Notice
of decisions on reconsideration
As soon as practicable after reconsidering the original decision, the
planning and land authority must give written notice of the decision on the
reconsideration to—
(a) the applicant; and
(b) anyone who was given notice of the reconsideration application under
section 187 (4) (b); and
(c) if the original decision was an approval subject to conditions and the
authority gave the registrar-general notice of the approval—the
registrar-general.
Note If the notice is given to a person who may apply to the AAT for
review of the decision to which it relates, the notice must comply with the
requirements of the code of practice in force under the Administrative Appeals
Tribunal Act 1989, s 25B (1) (see s 401 (3)).
Division
7.3.11 Correction and amendment of
development approvals
190 Correcting
development approvals
(1) The planning and land authority may, on its own initiative or on
application, correct a formal error in a development approval.
(2) If the planning and land authority corrects a development approval,
the authority must give the approval holder, or if there is more than 1, each
approval holder, written notice about the correction.
Note Approval holder—see dict.
191 Applications
to amend development approvals
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority has given development approval for a
development proposal (the original development proposal);
and
(b) the development proposal changes (the changed development
proposal) so that it is not covered by the approval.
(2) An approval holder may apply to the planning and land authority to
amend the development approval so that it approves the changed development
proposal.
(3) An application under subsection (2) must—
(a) be in writing signed by the applicant; and
(b) if the application is made by someone other than the lessee of the
land to which the application relates, be signed by—
(i) if the land to which the application relates is subject to a
lease—the lessee of the land; or
(ii) if the land to which the application relates is public land or
unleased land—the custodian for the land; or
(iii) in any other case—the planning and land authority.
(4) A person who signs an application under subsection (3) (b) (i) is
taken to be an applicant in relation to the application.
192 Deciding
applications to amend development approvals
(1) In deciding whether to amend a development approval in accordance with
an application under section 191, the planning and land authority must consider
the application, and take action in relation to the application, as
if—
(a) the development originally approved had been completed; and
(b) the application for amendment were an application for approval of a
development proposal (the proposed development) to change the
completed development to give effect to the amendment.
Example
Philip has development approval (the original approval) to
build a house. Philip starts to build the house, but discovers that he needs an
extra floor in the house. He applies to amend the original approval.
In considering whether to amend the original approval, the planning and
land authority must treat the application to amend as if the house has been
built in accordance with the original approval, and the application is for
approval to add an extra floor. This means the authority must assess the
application in the assessment track that would apply to an application to add an
extra floor, and any requirement to notify agencies or publish the application
would have to be followed.
Note 1 An application for amendment of a development application may
be reconsidered under pt 7.3.10 (see s 185 (1) (a)) and the approval holder may
apply for review of a decision to refuse to amend the approval (see sch 1, item
13).
Note 2 An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(2) The planning and land authority must refuse to amend the development
approval if satisfied that the changed development proposal and the original
development proposal would be in different assessment tracks.
(3) Also, the planning and land authority must refuse to amend a
development approval unless satisfied that, after the amendment, the development
approved will be substantially the same as the development for which approval
was originally given.
(4) To remove any doubt, if public notification of the proposed
development is required under the assessment track that applies to the proposed
development, only the application for the amendment need be publicly
notified.
Part
7.4 Developments without
approval
193 Offence
to develop without approval
(1) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person undertakes development without development approval;
and
(b) the development requires development approval; and
(c) the person knows that the development requires development
approval.
Maximum penalty:
(a) for an individual—2 000 penalty units; or
(b) for a corporation—2 500 penalty units.
(2) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person undertakes development without development approval;
and
(b) the development requires development approval; and
(c) the person is reckless about whether the development requires
development approval.
Maximum penalty: 1 000 penalty units.
(3) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person undertakes development without development approval;
and
(b) the development requires development approval; and
(c) the person is negligent about whether the development requires
development approval.
Maximum penalty: 500 penalty units.
(4) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person undertakes development without development approval;
and
(b) the development requires development approval.
Maximum penalty: 60 penalty units.
(5) An offence against subsection (4) is a strict liability
offence.
(6) It is a defence to a prosecution for an offence against subsection (4)
if the defendant proves that the defendant took all reasonable steps to find out
whether the development required development approval before undertaking the
development.
(7) To remove any doubt, this section does not apply to development that
is lawful because of section 197 or section 198.
194 Offence
to undertake prohibited development
(1) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person undertakes development; and
(b) the development is prohibited; and
(c) the person knows that the development is prohibited.
Maximum penalty:
(a) for an individual: 2 000 penalty units; or
(b) for a corporation: 2 500 penalty units.
(2) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person undertakes development; and
(b) the development is prohibited; and
(c) the person is reckless about whether the development is
prohibited.
Maximum penalty: 1 000 penalty units.
(3) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person undertakes development; and
(b) the development is prohibited; and
(c) the person is negligent about whether the development is
prohibited.
Maximum penalty: 500 penalty units.
(4) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person undertakes development; and
(b) the development is prohibited.
Maximum penalty: 60 penalty units.
Note Section 134 and s 195 disapply s (1) to (4) in certain
cases.
(5) An offence against subsection (4) is a strict liability
offence.
(6) To remove any doubt, this section does not apply to development that
is lawful—
(a) because of section 195, section 197 or section 198; or
(b) because it is in accordance with a development approval granted on an
application mentioned in subsection 134 (2) (a).
195 Development
authorised by approval before prohibition
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a person undertakes development; and
(b) the development is in accordance with a development approval given in
relation to the development; and
(c) the development becomes prohibited.
(2) Section 194 (1) to (4) does not apply to the development if it is
undertaken in accordance with the development approval, despite any other
provision of this Act.
Note 1 The development may still need building approval, or further
building approval, under the Building Act 2004.
Note 2 A reference to an Act includes a reference to the statutory
instruments made or in force under the Act, including any regulation (see
Legislation Act, s 104).
196 Offence
to develop other than in accordance with conditions
(1) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person undertakes development; and
(b) the person has development approval for the development; and
(c) the development approval is conditional; and
(d) the person does not comply with a condition of the development
approval when undertaking the development.
Maximum penalty: 60 penalty units.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is a strict liability
offence.
197 Development
other than use lawful when begun
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a development, other than a development that is continuing a use, is
exempt from requiring development approval under a development table or by
regulation; and
(b) a person undertakes, or begins, the development; and
(c) after the person undertakes, or begins, the development, the
development stops being exempt.
(2) The development is lawful despite any other provision of this
Act.
198 Use
as development lawful when begun
(1) This section applies to the continuing use of land, or a building or
structure on the land, if the use—
(a) when it began, was exempted from requiring development approval in a
development table or by regulation; and
(b) is authorised by—
(i) a lease (the affected lease) for the land; or
(ii) a licence under this Act; or
(iii) a permit under the Roads and Public Places Act 1937;
or
(iv) section 240; and
(c) continuing the use stops being exempt.
(2) Also, this section applies in relation to a use of land, or a building
or structure on the land, even if 1 or more of the following apply in relation
to the use:
(a) the use is not continuous;
(b) someone deals with the affected lease;
(c) a further lease is granted for the affected lease on application under
section 246, whether the grant happens immediately after the expiry of the
affected lease or otherwise.
(3) However, this section does not apply in relation to the use of land,
or a building or structure on the land, if—
(a) the affected lease is surrendered (other than under section 246) or
terminated; or
(b) if the use is authorised by a licence under this Act or a permit under
the Roads and Public Places Act 1937—the licence or permit
ends—
(i) whether on expiry or otherwise; and
(ii) even if renewed; or
(c) the affected lease expires and no application is made under section
246 for a further lease.
Note A person may apply for the grant of
a further lease not later than 6 months after the expiry of the affected lease
(see s 246 (1) (c)).
(4) The use of the land, or building or structure, is lawful while
authorised by a lease for the land, a licence, a permit or section 240, despite
any other provision of this Act.
(5) In this section:
deal with a lease—see section 226.
199 Development
applications for developments undertaken without approval
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a development has been undertaken; and
(b) development approval was required for the development; and
(c) there was no development approval for the development.
(2) The lessee of the land where the development was undertaken may apply
for approval for the development under part 7.3 (Development
applications).
(3) The planning and land authority must treat an application for
development approval for the development as if the development had not been
undertaken, subject to section 136 (2) (j) (Form of development
applications).
Note Development applications (including an application to which
this section applies) are decided under s 158.
(4) To remove any doubt, the making of an application for approval of a
development to which this section applies, or the approval of the application,
does not affect any proceeding under this part, whether or not the proceeding
starts before the making or approval of the application.
Chapter
8 Environmental impact statements and
inquiries
Notes to ch 8
Fees may be determined under s 415 for provisions of this
chapter.
If a form is approved under s 416 for a provision
of this chapter, the form must be used.
Under this chapter, applications may be made, and notice may be given,
electronically in certain circumstances (see the Electronic Transactions Act
2001).
Part
8.1 Interpretation—ch
8
In this chapter:
draft EIS—see section 210 (2) (a).
EIS—see section 202.
environmental impact statement means an EIS (see s
202).
inquiry means an inquiry into an EIS established under
section 221.
proponent, for a development proposal, means the person
proposing the proposal.
Note See also s 201.
representation, about a draft EIS, means a representation
made about the draft EIS under section 212.
scoping document, for a proposal—see section 206 (2)
(b).
Note For when an EIS is completed, see s 203.
(1) The relevant Minister in relation to a defined decision may, in
writing, designate a person or territory authority as the proponent in relation
to the decision.
(2) In this section:
defined decision means a decision of the Territory, the
Executive, a Minister or a territory authority about a proposal in relation to
which a Minister is empowered—
(a) to direct that an environmental impact statement be prepared;
or
(b) to establish a panel to conduct an inquiry.
relevant Minister, means the Minister responsible for the
administration of the Act or subordinate law under which—
(a) in relation to a statement or inquiry—the statement or inquiry
is authorised to be prepared or conducted; or
(b) in relation to a defined decision—the relevant decision is
authorised to be made.
Part
8.2 Environmental impact
statements
An EIS is an environmental impact statement prepared as
prescribed by regulation.
203 When
is an EIS completed?
(1) For this Act, an EIS is completed if—
(a) the Minister gives the planning and land authority notice under
section 219 (Notice of no action on EIS given to Minister) in relation to the
EIS; or
(b) the Minister has not decided under section 221 to establish a panel to
conduct an inquiry about the EIS; or
(c) the Minister has established an inquiry panel in relation to the EIS
and—
(i) the panel has reported the results of the inquiry; or
(ii) the time for reporting under section 223 has ended.
(2) To remove any doubt, for subsection (1), it does not matter whether or
not the Minister intends to present, or has presented, a copy of the EIS to the
Legislative Assembly under section 220.
204 When
is a completed EIS required?
A completed EIS is required in relation to a development proposal if this
Act requires a completed environmental impact statement in relation to the
proposal, unless the application for development approval for the proposal is
exempted under section 205.
Note A completed EIS is required under s 126. See div 7.2.4 for
requirements for applications in the impact track.
205 EIS
not required if development application exempted
The Minister may exempt a development application for approval for a
proposal from a requirement to include an EIS if satisfied that the expected
environmental impact of the proposal has already been sufficiently addressed by
another study, whether or not the study relates to the particular
proposal.
(1) This section applies if the proponent for a development proposal for
which a completed EIS is required applies to the planning and land authority
under this section.
(2) The planning and land authority must—
(a) identify the matters that are to be addressed by an EIS in relation to
the development proposal; and
(b) prepare a written notice (the scoping document) of the
matters.
Note The time for giving a scoping document to the applicant is set
out in s 208.
(3) A regulation may prescribe entities the planning and land authority
may or must consult in preparing a scoping document.
207 Contents
of scoping document
(1) The matters identified in the scoping document for a development
proposal must include any minimum content for scoping documents prescribed by
regulation.
(2) The planning and land authority may, in the scoping document for a
development proposal, require the proponent to engage a consultant to help
prepare an EIS for the proposal.
(3) In this section:
consultant means a person on a list of consultants prescribed
by regulation.
Note See also s 417 (Regulation-making power).
208 Time
to provide scoping document
(1) This section applies if a person applies under section 206 in relation
to a development proposal.
(2) The planning and land authority must give the scoping document for the
development proposal to the applicant not later than—
(a) 30 days after the day the application is made; or
(b) if the chief planning executive allows a further period under
subsection (3)—the end of the further period allowed.
(3) The chief planning executive may, in writing, allow a further period
for the planning and land authority to provide a scoping document in relation to
a development proposal if satisfied that, because of the complexity of the
proposal and the consultation required, the further period is
necessary.
(4) If the chief planning executive allows a further period under
subsection (3) in relation to a development proposal, the chief planning
executive must tell the applicant in writing.
209 Term
of scoping document
A scoping document is in force for 18 months starting on the day after the
day the document is given to the proponent of the development proposal to which
the document relates.
(1) This section applies if the planning and land authority gives the
proponent of a development proposal a scoping document for the
proposal.
(2) The proponent must—
(a) prepare a document (a draft EIS) that addresses each
matter raised in the scoping document for the proposal; and
(b) give the draft EIS to the planning and land authority for public
notification.
211 Public
notification of draft EIS
(1) The planning and land authority publicly notifies a
draft EIS by—
(a) putting a notice in a daily newspaper and on the authority website
stating—
(i) that the draft EIS is available for public inspection and for purchase
at stated places and times; and
(ii) how and when representations may be made on the draft EIS;
and
(b) making 1 or more copies of the draft EIS available as stated in the
notice; and
(c) if practicable, making a copy of the draft EIS available on the
authority website.
Note Authority website—see the dictionary.
(2) The period (the public consultation period) for making
representations for subsection (1) (a) (ii) must not be shorter than
20 working days.
(3) The planning and land authority may, by notice published in a daily
newspaper, extend the public consultation period.
Note The planning and land authority may extend the public
consultation period after it has ended (see Legislation Act, s 151C).
212 Representations
about draft EIS
(1) Anyone may make a representation about a draft EIS publicly notified
under section 211.
(2) A representation about a draft EIS must be made during the public
consultation period for the draft EIS.
(3) A person who makes a representation about a draft EIS may, in writing,
withdraw the representation at any time before the planning and land authority
accepts the EIS under section 215.
(4) In this section:
public consultation period, for a draft EIS—see section
211 (2).
Note The public consultation period may be extended under s
211 (3).
213 Publication
of representations about draft EIS
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority has publicly notified a draft EIS
under section 211; and
(b) a person makes a representation about the draft EIS in accordance with
the notice under section 211 (1) (a).
(2) The planning and land authority must—
(a) make a copy of the representation available on the authority website
until—
(i) the EIS is completed; or
Note For when an EIS is completed, see s
203.
(ii) the representation is withdrawn; and
(b) give a copy of the representation to the proponent of the
proposal.
Note 1 This section is subject to s 404 and s 405.
Note 2 Authority website—see dict.
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a draft EIS for a development proposal has been publicly notified
under section 211; and
(b) the public consultation period for the draft EIS has ended.
(2) The proponent of the development proposal must revise the draft EIS
and give the revised EIS to the planning and land authority.
(3) However, the revised EIS must—
(a) address each matter raised in the scoping document for the development
proposal; and
(b) for any matter raised in a representation made within the public
consultation period for the draft EIS—
(i) address the matter; and
(ii) demonstrate how the matter has been taken into account in the revised
EIS.
(4) In this section:
public consultation period, for a draft EIS—see section
211 (2).
Note The public consultation period may be extended under s
211 (3).
215 Authority
consideration of EIS
(1) This section applies—
(a) if the proponent of a development proposal gives the planning and land
authority an EIS under section 214 not later than 18 months after the
scoping document for the proposal is given to the proponent under section 208;
or
(b) if—
(i) the proponent of a development proposal gives the authority an EIS
under section 214 more than 18 months after the scoping document for the
proposal is given to the proponent under section 208; and
(ii) the authority is satisfied that there has been no significant change
to the circumstances surrounding the proposal that is not sufficiently addressed
in the EIS; or
(c) if the proponent of a development proposal gives the authority an EIS
in accordance with a notice under section 217 (2).
(2) The planning and land authority must—
(a) accept the EIS if satisfied that the EIS sufficiently—
(i) addresses each matter raised in the scoping document for the proposal;
and
(ii) takes any timely representation on the draft EIS into account;
and
(iii) demonstrates how any timely representation has been taken into
account; or
(b) in any other case—take action under section 217.
(3) In this section:
EIS includes an EIS revised under section 217.
timely representation, on a draft EIS, means a
representation—
(a) on the draft EIS; and
(b) made in accordance with section 212.
216 EIS
given to authority out of time
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the proponent of a development proposal gives the planning and land
authority an EIS under section 214 more than 18 months after the scoping
document for the proposal is given to the proponent under section 208;
and
(b) the authority is satisfied that—
(i) there has been significant change to the circumstances surrounding the
proposal; and
(ii) the change is not sufficiently addressed in the EIS.
(2) The planning and land authority must—
(a) reject the EIS; and
(b) give the proponent written notice of the rejection.
217 Chance
to address unaddressed matters
(1) This section applies in relation to the EIS for a development proposal
given to the planning and land authority under section 214 if the authority is
not satisfied that the EIS sufficiently addresses each matter (the
outstanding matters) raised in the scoping document for the
proposal.
(2) The planning and land authority must give the proponent of the
development proposal written notice that—
(a) the authority does not accept the EIS under section 215; and
(b) explains why the authority does not accept the EIS; and
(c) states the time within which the proponent may respond to the notice,
whether by providing a revised EIS or otherwise.
(3) The time stated under subsection (2) (c) must not be shorter than
20 working days.
(4) In this section:
EIS includes an EIS revised under this section.
218 Giving
EIS to Minister
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority accepts an EIS under section 215;
or
(b) the authority has given the proponent for a development proposal
written notice under section 217 and the time for responding to the notice has
ended, whether or not the proponent has revised the EIS and given it to the
authority.
(2) The planning and land authority must give the EIS to the
Minister.
Note The Minister may establish a panel to consider the EIS for the
proposal (see pt 8.3).
(3) If a development application has been made for the development
proposal, the planning and land authority must give the application to the
Minister with the EIS.
219 Notice
of no action on EIS given to Minister
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority gives the Minister an EIS under
section 218; and
(b) the Minister decides not to present the EIS to the Legislative
Assembly under section 220; and
(c) the Minister decides not to establish a panel under section 221 to
conduct an inquiry about the EIS.
(2) The Minister must give the planning and land authority written notice
that the Minister has decided to take no action in relation to the
EIS.
Note If the Minister gives notice under this section, the EIS to
which the notice relates is completed (see s 203).
220 Minister
may present EIS to Legislative Assembly
The Minister may, but need not, present to the Legislative Assembly an EIS
given to the Minister under section 218.
221 Establishment
of inquiry panels
(1) The Minister must, not later than 15 working days after the day an EIS
is given to the Minister under section 218—
(a) decide whether to establish a panel to conduct an inquiry about the
EIS; and
(b) if the Minister decides to establish a panel—tell the planning
and land authority about the decision.
Note If the Minister decides not to establish a panel and not to
present the EIS to the Legislative Assembly, the Minister must give the planning
and land authority written notice of the decision (see s 219).
(2) If the Minister decides to establish a panel to conduct an inquiry
about an EIS, the Minister may establish the panel to inquire about any or all
aspects of the EIS.
(3) If the Minister establishes a panel to conduct an inquiry, the
Minister must, in writing—
(a) prepare terms of reference for the inquiry; and
(b) give the proponent notice of the inquiry.
Note The power to prepare terms of reference for the inquiry
includes the power to amend or repeal the terms of reference (see Legislation
Act, s 46).
(4) The terms of reference are a notifiable instrument.
Note 1 A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
Note 2 An instrument amending or repealing the terms of reference
must also be notified (see Legislation Act, s 46 (2)).
222 How
does the Minister establish an inquiry panel?
(1) The Minister establishes an inquiry panel in relation to an EIS
by—
(a) appointing 1 or more people to the panel; and
(b) preparing written terms of reference for the inquiry.
(2) If the Minister appoints more than 1 person to an inquiry panel, the
Minister must, in writing, nominate a person appointed to be the presiding
member of the panel.
(3) However, the Minister must not appoint a person to an inquiry panel
unless satisfied that the person has the expertise necessary to exercise the
functions of the panel in relation to the matter inquired into.
(4) Also, the Minister must not appoint any of the following people to an
inquiry panel for an EIS:
(a) the chief planning executive;
(b) a member of the planning and land authority’s staff;
(c) a member of the land agency’s staff;
(d) a person prescribed by regulation in relation to the EIS.
223 Time
for reporting by inquiry panels
(1) This section applies if the Minister establishes a panel to conduct an
inquiry.
(2) The panel must report in writing to the Minister on the result of the
inquiry not later than—
(a) 60 working days after the day the Minister establishes the panel;
or
(b) if the period under paragraph (a) is extended under
subsection (3)—the period under paragraph (a) as extended.
(3) The Minister may, on application by the panel, extend by written
notice the period for reporting.
224 Inquiry
panel findings and report to be independent
(1) The report of an inquiry panel must be the view of the inquiry panel
based on the findings of the panel.
(2) To remove any doubt, the Minister must not direct an inquiry panel in
relation to the findings or report of the panel.
225 Protection
of people on inquiry panels from liability
(1) A person appointed to an inquiry panel is not personally liable for
anything done, or omitted to be done, honestly and without
recklessness—
(a) in the exercise of a function under this Act; or
(b) in the reasonable belief that the conduct was in the exercise of a
function under this Act.
(2) Any liability that would, apart from this section, attach to a person
appointed to an inquiry panel attaches instead to the Territory.
Chapter
9 Leases and
licences
Notes to ch 9
Other provisions about the termination of leases and licences and
recovering possession of leases are found in pt 11.6.
Fees may be determined under s 415 for provisions of this
chapter.
If a form is approved under s 416 for a provision
of this chapter, the form must be used.
Under this chapter, applications may be made, and notice may be given,
electronically in certain circumstances (see the Electronic Transactions Act
2001).
Part
9.1 Definitions and
application—ch 9
In this chapter:
building and development provision, in relation to a lease,
means a provision of the lease that requires the lessee to carry out stated
works on the land comprised in the lease or on unleased territory
land.
consolidation means the surrender of 2 or more leases held by
the same lessee and the grant of a new lease or leases to the lessee to
consolidate the parcels of land comprised in the surrendered leases.
deal with a lease, means—
(a) assign or transfer the lease; or
(b) sublet the land comprised in the lease or part of it; or
(c) part with possession of the land comprised in the lease or any part of
it.
lessee means the person who is the proprietor of a lease,
whether or not the person is the registered proprietor of the lease, and
regardless of how the person became the proprietor of the lease.
market value, of a lease, means the amount that could be
expected to be paid for the lease on the open market if it were sold by a
willing but not anxious seller to a willing but not anxious buyer.
nominal rent lease means a lease for nominal rent.
provision, of a lease, includes a provision incorporated in
the lease by reference and any other provision to which the lease is
subject.
registered lease means a lease registered in the register
kept under the Land Titles Act 1925.
registered proprietor, in relation to a lease, means the
person who is registered under the Land Titles Act 1925 as proprietor of
the lease.
rental lease means a lease for rent that is more than nominal
rent.
residential lease means a lease granted for residential
purposes only.
rural lease means a lease granted for rural purposes or
purposes including rural purposes.
subdivision—
(a) means the surrender of 1 or more leases held by the same lessee, and
the grant of new leases to the lessee to subdivide the parcels of land in the
surrendered leases; but
(b) does not include the subdivision of land under the Unit Titles Act
2001.
sublease means a sublease of—
(a) a parcel of land, or part of a parcel of land, subject to a lease;
or
(b) a building, or part of a building, on a parcel of land subject to a
lease.
sublessee means the person who is the proprietor of a
sublease, regardless of how the person became the proprietor of the
sublease.
227 Meaning
of concessional lease and lease—Act
(1) In this Act:
concessional lease—
(a) means a lease granted for a consideration less than the full market
value of the lease, or for no consideration, if neither of the following
payments has been made to the Territory:
(i) an amount in relation to the grant of the lease that is equal to the
lease’s market value at the time of payment or, if the amount is paid in
parts, at the time of the last payment;
(ii) an amount to reduce the rent payable under the lease to a nominal
rent under section 266 (Variation of lease to pay out rent); and
(b) includes the following leases:
(i) a consolidated or subdivided concessional lease;
(ii) a further concessional lease;
(iii) a regranted concessional lease; but
(c) does not include—
(i) a consolidated or subdivided lease or a further or regranted lease,
other than a lease mentioned in paragraph (b); or
(ii) a rural lease; or
(iii) a lease over land that, immediately before the grant of the lease,
was owned, controlled or held by the commissioner for housing under the
Housing Assistance Act 1987; or
(iv) a lease prescribed by regulation.
lease means a lease (other than a sublease) of territory
land—
(a) granted under this Act; or
(b) granted or arising under the Unit Titles Act 2001.
Note Some leases are taken to have been granted under this Act and
so come within this definition of lease (see s 446).
(2) For subsection (1), definition of concessional lease,
paragraph (a), it does not matter whether the consideration for the grant of the
lease was paid as a lump sum or is payable under the lease as rent.
(3) In this section:
consolidated or subdivided concessional lease means a lease
granted during a consolidation or subdivision involving the surrender of 1 or
more previous leases if 1 or more of the previous leases was a concessional
lease.
further concessional lease means a further lease if the
surrendered lease was a concessional lease.
regranted concessional lease means a regranted lease (whether
the regrant is on the same or different conditions) if the surrendered lease was
a concessional lease.
This chapter does not apply to a transfer by the Territory of a registered
lease if the Territory is the registered proprietor of the lease.
Part
9.2 Grants of leases
generally
229 Effect
subject to pt 9.7
This part has effect subject to part 9.7 (Rural leases).
230 Authority
may grant leases
The planning and land authority is authorised to grant, on behalf of the
Executive, leases that the Executive may grant on behalf of the
Commonwealth.
Note 1 Lease—see s 227.
Note 2 For power to delegate this function, see s 19 (2).
(1) The planning and land authority may grant a lease by—
(a) auction; or
(b) tender; or
(c) ballot; or
(d) direct grant.
Note 1 Not everyone may be eligible to be granted a lease under
paragraph (a), (b) or (c) (see s 232).
Note 2 Section 233, s 234, s 235 and s 236 apply to grants under
paragraph (d).
(2) A lease granted under this section must include a statement about
whether the lease is a concessional lease.
Note A grant must be lodged with the registrar-general under the
Land Titles Act 1925 (see Land Titles Act 1925, s 17
(2)).
(3) A lease granted under this section may include
provisions—
(a) requiring the lessee to develop the land comprised in the lease, or
any unleased territory land, in a stated way; or
(b) requiring the lessee to give security for the performance of any of
the lessee’s obligations under the lease.
232 Eligibility
for grant of lease by auction, tender or ballot
The planning and land authority may restrict the people eligible for the
grant of a lease under section 231 (1) (a), (b) or (c) by stating, in the
relevant notice of auction, tender or ballot, a class of people eligible or
ineligible for the grant of a lease under the auction, tender or
ballot.
233 Restriction
on direct grant by authority
(1) The planning and land authority must not grant a lease under
section 231 (1) (d)—
(a) unless—
(i) the grant is in accordance with criteria prescribed by regulation for
this section; and
(ii) the Executive approves the grant; or
(b) unless—
(i) the grant is in accordance with criteria prescribed by regulation for
this section; and
(ii) the grant is in accordance with criteria prescribed by regulation for
this paragraph; and
(iii) the Minister approves the grant; or
(c) unless the Executive approves the grant under subsection (2);
or
(d) unless the grant is in accordance with section 234.
(2) The Executive may approve the direct grant of a lease other than in
accordance with criteria prescribed if satisfied that the grant meets 1 or more
of the following objectives:
(a) benefit the economy of the ACT or region;
(b) contribute to the environment, or social or cultural features in the
ACT;
(c) introduce new skills, technology or services in the ACT;
(d) contribute to the export earnings and import replacement of the ACT or
region;
(e) facilitate the achievement of a major policy objective.
(3) The validity of a lease granted under section 231 (1) (d) is not taken
to be affected by a failure to comply with the criteria prescribed by regulation
for this section.
234 Direct
grant if single person in restricted class
(1) This section applies if—
(a) under section 232 (Eligibility for grant of lease by auction, tender
or ballot), the planning and land authority restricts the people eligible to
apply for a lease; and
(b) only 1 person is eligible for the grant of the lease.
(2) The planning and land authority may grant the lease to the person
under section 231 (1) (d) without auctioning the lease, calling for tenders or
holding a ballot.
235 Notice
of direct grant
(1) This section applies to a lease granted by the planning and land
authority by direct grant under section 231 (1) (d) in a quarter.
Note Quarter—see Legislation Act, dict, pt 1.
(2) The planning and land authority must, not later than 5 working days
after the end of the quarter, give the Minister—
(a) a copy of each lease to which this section applies granted in the
quarter; and
(b) a statement that sets out the prescribed information for each
lease.
(3) The Minister must present the documents given under
subsection (2) to the Legislative Assembly not later than 5 sitting days
after the day the Minister receives the information.
(4) To remove any doubt, the validity of a lease to which this section
applies is not affected by a failure to comply with subsection (2) or (3) in
relation to the lease.
(5) In this section:
prescribed information, for a lease, means—
(a) the amount (if any) paid for the grant of the lease; and
(b) if the lease was granted with the approval of the Executive under
section 233 (2)—the reason for granting the lease with the approval of the
Executive.
236 Direct
grant leases subject to agreed provisions
A lease granted under section 231 (1) (d) must be granted subject to the
provisions that are agreed between the planning and land authority and the
applicant for the lease.
237 Authority
need not grant lease
(1) The planning and land authority need not grant a lease to an
applicant, even if applications for the lease have been invited.
(2) If applications for a lease have been invited subject to conditions,
the planning and land authority may, without granting a lease, invite fresh
applications for the lease subject to the same or other conditions.
238 Planning
report before granting leases
(1) The planning and land authority may, but need not, prepare a planning
report in relation to a proposal to grant a lease.
(2) The planning and land authority must prepare a planning report in
relation to a proposal to grant a lease if directed in writing to do so by the
Minister.
(1) The planning and land authority must not grant a lease other than for
payment of an amount that is not less than the market value of the
lease.
Note Lease—see s 227.
(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply in relation to—
(a) a lease granted for a rent that is the full market rental value of the
lease; or
(b) a further lease (other than a rural lease) granted under
section 246; or
(c) a further rural lease granted on payment of an amount determined under
section 273; or
(d) the grant of a lease prescribed by regulation for which the amount
prescribed by regulation has been paid.
240 Use
of land for leased purpose
(1) Territory land, or a building or structure on the land, in relation to
which a lease has been granted, whether before or after the commencement of this
part, must not be used for a purpose other than a purpose authorised by the
lease.
Note Beginning a use of land, or a building or structure on the
land, is development and may require development approval (see s 7, def
development, par (d)).
(2) However, if the lease authorises the land to be used for residential
purposes, the land may also be used for home occupation or home
business.
(3) A regulation may prescribe what makes up use for home occupation and
home business.
241 Access
to leased land from roads and road related areas
(1) The planning and land authority must not grant a lease unless
satisfied that, during the term of the lease, the lessee will
have—
(a) direct access to the leased land from a road or road related area;
or
(b) access to the leased land from a road or road related area by way of
an access road or track, or in another way, that the lessee may use for entry or
exit only, without charge and at any hour of the day or night.
(2) Access provided by the planning and land authority because of
subsection (1) (b)—
(a) must not interfere with a building, garden or stockyard on the land
(the affected land) through which the access is provided at the
time the access is provided; and
(b) must be located in a way that causes as little damage or inconvenience
to the lessee of the affected land as possible.
(3) The validity of a lease granted under this part is not affected by a
failure to comply with this section.
(4) In this section:
road—see the Road Transport (General) Act 1999,
dictionary.
road related area—see the Road Transport (General)
Act 1999, dictionary.
242 No
right to use, flow and control of water
A lease or further lease granted under this chapter does not give a right
to the use, flow and control of water (including water containing impurities)
under the land comprised in the lease.
243 Failure
to accept and execute lease
(1) This section applies if, not later than the end of the period
prescribed by regulation, a person who is entitled to the grant of a lease under
this chapter fails to—
(a) accept and execute the lease; or
(b) pay any amount the person is required to pay before being granted the
lease.
(2) The planning and land authority may, by written notice given to the
person, end the person’s right to be granted the lease.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(3) The notice under subsection (2) must—
(a) state the ground on which it is given; and
(b) state that it takes effect on the day 20 working days after the day it
is given.
(4) If the planning and land authority does not know the residential
address of the person to whom the notice under subsection (2) is to be given,
the authority may give the person the notice by publishing a copy of the notice
in a daily newspaper.
(5) A notice given under subsection (2) takes effect on the day
20 working days after the day it is given.
(6) A person whose right to be granted a lease has been ended under this
section does not have any claim for compensation in relation to the ending of
the right or for the recovery of any money paid to the planning and land
authority in relation to the grant of the lease.
244 Restrictions
on dealings with certain leases
(1) This section applies in relation to the following leases:
(a) a lease that provides that the lessee cannot deal with the land, or
part of the land, comprised in the lease without the prior written consent of
the planning and land authority;
(b) a lease granted under section 231 (1) by auction, tender or ballot, if
the class of people eligible or ineligible for the grant was restricted under
section 232;
(c) a lease granted under section 231 (1) (d) (other than a lease granted
to the Territory);
(d) a lease prescribed by regulation.
Note 1 This section has extended application (see s 440 and s
441).
Note 2 Dealings with concessional leases and rural leases, which are
not restricted by this section, are restricted under s 257 and s 277.
(2) The lessee, or anyone else with an interest in the lease, must not,
during the restricted period for the lease, deal with the lease without the
written consent of the planning and land authority under
section 245.
(3) A dealing in relation to a lease to which this section applies that is
made or entered into without consent has no effect.
(4) In this section:
deal, with a lease, does not include sublet the
lease.
restricted period, for a lease to which this section applies,
means—
(a) for a lease that provides that the lessee cannot deal with the land,
or part of the land, comprised in the lease without the prior written consent of
the planning and land authority—the period stated in the lease or, if no
period is stated, the term of the lease; or
(b) for a lease granted under section 231 (1) by auction, tender or
ballot, if the class of people eligible or ineligible for the grant was
restricted under section 232—5 years after the day the lease was granted;
or
(c) for a lease granted under section 231 (1) (d)—the period ending
5 years after the day the lease was granted; or
(d) for a lease prescribed by regulation—
(i) the period prescribed by regulation for the lease; or
(ii) if no period is prescribed—the term of the lease.
245 Consent
to s 244 dealings
(1) The planning and land authority must not consent to a dealing under
section 244 in relation to a lease unless—
(a) satisfied that the person to whom it is proposed that the lease should
be assigned or transferred or the person to whom it is proposed that possession
of the land should be given, is a person who satisfies the criteria prescribed
under section 233 in relation to the class of leases in which the lease is
included; or
(b) if the lease was originally granted by restricted auction, tender or
ballot—satisfied that the person to whom it is proposed that the lease
should be assigned or transferred or the person to whom it is proposed that
possession of the land should be given, is a person who could have been granted
the original lease.
(2) The validity of a dealing made or entered into with the consent of the
planning and land authority is not affected—
(a) by a defect or irregularity in relation to the giving of the consent;
or
(b) because a ground, or all grounds, for the consent had not
arisen.
Part
9.3 Grants of further
leases
246 Grant
of further leases
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a person (the lessee) who is or was the holder of a
lease (the old lease) of land applies to the planning and land
authority for the grant of a further lease of the land; and
(b) neither the Territory nor the Commonwealth needs the land for a public
purpose; and
(c) either—
(i) before expiry of the old lease, the lessee surrenders the old lease;
or
(ii) the old lease expired not more than 6 months before the application
for the grant of a further lease; and
(d) if the old lease is not a residential lease—all rent due under
the old lease is paid; and
(e) if the lease is a rural lease—the amount determined under
section 273 for the grant is paid; and
(f) the criteria (if any) prescribed by regulation are
satisfied.
(2) The planning and land authority must grant the lessee a further lease
of the land for a term not longer than—
(a) 99 years; or
(b) for a rural lease for which a period shorter than 99 years is
determined under section 274—the shorter period.
(3) A further lease granted under this section must include a statement
about whether the lease is a concessional lease.
Note A grant must be lodged with the registrar-general under the
Land Titles Act 1925 (see Land Titles Act 1925, s 17
(2)).
(4) A further lease begins on the day after—
(a) the day the old lease is surrendered; or
(b) for a further lease granted on application after the expiry of the old
lease—the day after the old lease expires.
(5) If the term of a further lease granted under subsection (2) is not
longer than the term of the old lease, any fee payable under subsection (2) for
the grant of the further lease must not be more than the cost of granting the
further lease.
247 Grant
of further lease includes authorised use
(1) This section applies if a further lease is granted under this part on
the surrender of an existing lease.
(2) The further lease must authorise each use of the leased land, and any
building or structure on the land, that the lease surrendered
authorised.
(3) However, this section does not apply if a change of use of land, or a
building or structure on the land, that involves a lease variation is applied
for at the same time as the grant of the further lease is applied
for.
Part
9.4 Concessional
leases
Division
9.4.1 Deciding whether leases
concessional
248 Application
for decision about whether lease concessional
A lessee may apply to the planning and land authority for a decision about
whether the lease is a concessional lease.
249 Decision
about whether lease concessional
(1) On application under section 248, the planning and land authority must
decide whether the lease is concessional or not.
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not make a decision
under subsection (1) unless the authority has—
(a) given written notice (the application notice) of the
application to each person (other than the lessee) with a registered interest in
the lease; and
(b) in the application notice, invited the person to give written
representations about the application to the authority at a stated address by
not later than the end of a stated period of not less than 15 working days after
the date the notice is given to the person; and
(c) considered any representations made in the time given in the
application notice.
(3) If the planning and land authority has not made a decision on the
application at the end of the period of 15 working days after the day the period
for making representations given in the application notice ends, the authority
is taken to have decided (the deemed decision) that the lease is a
concessional lease.
Note A lessee has a right to apply for review of a decision under
this provision (see ch 13 and sch 1).
(4) If the planning and land authority is taken to have decided that a
lease is a concessional lease under subsection (2), the authority may decide
that the lease is not concessional under this section despite the deemed
decision.
Note A decision of the AAT on review is taken to have been a
decision of the original decision-maker, so the planning and land authority will
not be able to decide that the lease is not concessional if the AAT has decided
an application for review of the deemed decision (see Administrative Appeals
Tribunal Act 1989, s 44 (11)).
(5) The planning and land authority must give written notice of the
decision under subsection to the applicant and anyone else with an interest in
the lease to which the decision relates.
Note If the notice is given to a person who may apply to the AAT for
review of the decision to which it relates, the notice must comply with the
requirements of the code of practice in force under the Administrative Appeals
Tribunal Act 1989, s 25B (1) (see s 401 (3)).
250 Authority
may decide whether lease concessional on own initiative
(1) The planning and land authority may, on its own initiative, decide
whether a lease is concessional.
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not make a decision
under subsection (1) unless the authority has—
(a) given written notice (the lease decision notice) of the
authority’s intention to make a decision under subsection (1) to each
person with a registered interest in the lease; and
(b) in the lease decision notice, invited the person to give written
representations about the proposed decision to the authority at a stated address
by not later than the end of a stated period of not less than15 working days
after the date the notice is given to the person; and
(c) considered any representations made in the time given in the lease
decision notice.
(3) Also, if the planning and land authority gives a lease decision notice
in relation to a lease, the authority must make a decision under subsection (1)
in relation to the lease not later than 15 working days after the day the period
for making representations given in the lease decision notice ends.
(4) The planning and land authority must give written notice of the
decision under subsection (1) to each person with an interest in the lease to
which the decision relates.
Note 1 If the notice is given to a person who may apply to the AAT
for review of the decision to which it relates, the notice must comply with the
requirements of the code of practice in force under the Administrative Appeals
Tribunal Act 1989, s 25B (1) (see s 401 (3)).
Note 2 A lessee has a right to apply for review of a decision under
this provision (see ch 13 and sch 1).
251 Decision
that lease is concessional
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority decides that a lease is concessional;
and
(b) either—
(i) no application is made to the AAT for review of the decision that the
lease is concessional within the time allowed for applications; or
(ii) an application for review of the decision is made and the tribunal
decides to confirm the decision.
Note The planning and land authority may decide that a lease is
concessional under s 249 or s 250.
(2) The planning and land authority must lodge notice that the lease is a
concessional lease with the registrar-general for registration under the Land
Titles Act 1925.
Division
9.4.2 Varying concessional leases to
remove concessional status
252 Application—div
9.4.2
This division applies to an application for development approval to vary a
lease granted as a concessional lease to remove its concessional
status.
Example of varying lease to remove
concessional status
surrender of the concessional lease and regrant of a lease for market
value
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
253 Criteria
for application to vary concessional lease
In deciding whether to approve an application for development approval to
which this division applies, the planning and land authority or Minister must
consider the following:
(a) whether the Territory wishes to continue to monitor the lease holder
and use of the lease by requiring consent before the lease is dealt
with;
(b) whether approving the application would cause any disadvantage to the
community;
(c) whether the application to vary the lease to make it a market value
lease is, or is likely to be, part of a larger development and, if it is, or is
likely to be, part of a larger development what the larger development will
involve;
(d) whether the Territory should buy back, or otherwise acquire, the
lease.
254 Development
approval of application about concessional lease subject to
condition
If the planning and land authority or Minister approves a development
application to vary a lease granted as a concessional lease, the approval is
subject to the condition that the lessee pays the Territory the payout amount
worked out under section 255.
Note 1 The ways a lease may be varied to change its concessional
status include by surrender and regrant (see s 252, example).
Note 2 For approval of development applications—see s
158.
255 Working
out amount payable to discharge concessional leases
(1) This section applies if a development application in relation to a
lease is subject to the condition that the lessee pays the Territory the payout
amount worked out under this section.
(2) The payout amount for the lease is the amount worked out as
follows:
Note A person may also be required to pay a change of use charge,
less any remittance, plus any increase, under div 9.6.3.
(3) In this section:
AP, for a lease, means the amount (if any) paid for the lease
at grant.
MV, for a lease, means the market value of the lease if it
were a market value lease.
OV, for a lease, means the market value of the lease at grant
if it had been a market value lease.
(4) To remove any doubt, an amount paid as rent under a lease is not an
amount paid for the lease.
256 Uses
under leases varied by surrender and regrant to remove concessional
status
(1) This section applies to a lease varied only to remove the concessional
status of the lease by surrender and regrant of the lease.
(2) The regranted lease authorises each use of the land, and any building
or structure on the land, authorised under the lease before the lease was varied
to remove its concessional status.
(3) To remove any doubt—
(a) this section does not apply if the lease is varied other than to
remove the concessional status of the lease; and
(b) subsection (2) applies despite anything to the contrary in the
territory plan.
Division
9.4.3 Restrictions on dealings with
concessional leases
257 Restrictions
on dealings with concessional leases
(1) The lessee, or anyone else with an interest in a concessional lease,
must not, during the term of the lease, deal with the lease without the written
consent of the planning and land authority.
(2) A dealing in relation to a lease to which this section applies that is
made or entered into without consent has no effect.
258 Consent
to s 257 dealings
(1) The planning and land authority must not consent to a dealing under
section 257 in relation to a lease unless—
(a) satisfied that the person to whom it is proposed that the lease should
be assigned or transferred, the person to whom it is proposed that a sublease
should be granted or the person to whom it is proposed that possession of the
land should be given, is a person (an eligible person) who could
be granted the concessional lease; or
(b) for a dealing that is a subletting—satisfied that the lessee, or
an eligible person, continues to be the main user of the lease.
Examples of lessee continuing to be main
user
1 A community hospital (the lessee) with a concessional lease
proposes to sublet an area within the hospital for a coffee shop. The lessee
continues to operate the hospital, which is the majority of the site and offers
most of the services being provided from the site. The sublease is likely to be
allowed because it is a complementary proposed use of the sublet area.
2 A community group has subleased part of a lease to a commercial
enterprise and the remainder of the lease to an eligible person. The sublease
to the commercial enterprise is likely to be allowed as long as the eligible
person is the main user of the lease.
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(2) In deciding whether the lessee proposing to sublet the lease, or an
eligible person, continues to be the main user of the lease, the planning and
land authority must consider the following:
(a) the proposed area of the sublease;
(b) the extent to which the lessee continues to provide most of the goods,
services or both to be provided from the area leased;
(c) the extent to which the use of the area proposed to be subleased will
be ancillary to the permitted uses of the area that is not proposed to be
subleased;
(d) the extent to which the use of the area proposed to be subleased will
be complementary to the use of the area that is not proposed to be
subleased.
(3) The validity of a dealing made or entered into with the consent of the
planning and land authority is not affected—
(a) by a defect or irregularity in relation to the giving of the consent;
or
(b) because a ground, or all grounds, for the consent had not
arisen.
Part
9.5 Rent variations and relief from
provisions of leases
(1) If the rent payable under a lease is varied in accordance with the
provisions of the lease, the planning and land authority must give the lessee
written notice of the variation.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(2) A variation of rent mentioned in a notice under subsection (1) comes
into operation on—
(a) the day 20 working days after the day the notice is given;
or
(b) if the lease under which the variation is made provides that the
variation comes into operation on a later day—the later day.
260 Review
of variations of rent
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the rent payable under a lease is varied in accordance with the
provisions of the lease; and
(b) the lease does not provide for the submission to arbitration of
differences between the parties to the lease about variation of the
rent.
(2) The lessee may, not later than 20 working days after receiving the
notice under section 259 (1) about the variation, ask the planning and land
authority in writing to review the variation.
(3) The making of the request does not affect the operation of the
variation to which the request relates or prevent the taking of action to
implement the variation.
(4) If the request is made in relation to a variation, the planning and
land authority must review the variation and may—
(a) confirm the variation; or
(b) set the variation aside and substitute any other variation the
authority considers appropriate.
261 Reduction
of rent and relief from provisions of lease
(1) The planning and land authority may approve—
(a) a reduction of the rent payable under a lease, or of the amount
payable, in relation to any occupation of territory land; or
(b) the grant of relief, to a lessee or occupier of territory land, from
compliance, completely or partly, with any provision to which the person’s
lease or occupation is subject.
(2) The reduction or grant of relief may be for a maximum period of
3 years, and may include a period before the approval.
(3) If the planning and land authority gives an approval under subsection
(1), the liability or obligation of the lessee or occupier under the lease, or
in relation to the person’s occupation, is discharged for the period
approved, to the extent of the reduction or grant of relief approved.
(4) An approval under subsection (1) may be conditional.
(5) If the planning and land authority approves a grant of relief to a
lessee or occupier under subsection (1), the authority must give the lessee or
occupier written notice of the reduction of rent or amount payable or other
grant of relief approved.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(6) For subsection (1), the reduction or grant of relief may be for, or
include, a period before the commencement of this section.
(7) Subsection (6), this subsection and subsection (8) expire 1 year after
the day this section commences.
(8) Subsection (6) is a law to which the Legislation Act, section 88
(Repeal does not end transitional effect) applies.
Part
9.6 Lease
variations
Division
9.6.1 Lease
variations—general
262 Effect
subject to pt 9.7
This part has effect subject to part 9.7 (Rural leases).
263 Application
to surrender and regrant leases
(1) A reference in this part to the variation of a lease
includes a reference to the surrender of a lease and the grant of a new lease to
the same lessee, subject to different provisions, over land
that—
(a) is all or part of the land comprised in the surrendered lease;
and
(b) is not in an area identified in the territory plan as a future urban
area.
(2) However, a reference in this part to the variation of a
lease does not include a reference to the surrender of a lease and the grant of
a further lease under section 246.
Division
9.6.2 Variation of rental
leases
264 Variation
of rental leases
(1) The planning and land authority must not execute a variation of a
rental lease unless any rent, including additional rent, payable under the lease
up to the day of variation has been paid.
(2) If the planning and land authority executes a variation of a rental
lease, the authority must reappraise the rent payable under the lease, following
(as far as possible) the method provided by the rental provisions of the
lease.
Note The application of subsection (2) (and s (3)) is reduced by
subsection (4).
(3) If the planning and land authority executes a variation of a rental
lease, the rent payable under the lease is to be adjusted in accordance with the
reappraisal under subsection (2) with effect from the day the variation is
executed.
(4) Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply to a variation of a rental
lease—
(a) to reduce the rent payable to a nominal rent; or
(b) otherwise affecting the rental provisions of the lease.
265 Advice
of rent payable on variation of lease
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority agrees to a variation of a lease;
and
(b) the lease is a lease under which rent or additional rent is
payable.
(2) The planning and land authority must—
(a) calculate the amount that would be payable under the lease for rent,
including additional rent, up to the day when the authority expects the
variation to be executed; and
(b) give the lessee written notice of—
(i) the amount calculated for rent, including additional rent, under
paragraph (a); and
(ii) the day up to which the amount payable for rent and additional rent
has been calculated; and
(iii) the day by which the authority requires payment of the amount stated
under subparagraph (i) to allow the variation of the lease to be executed on the
day stated under subparagraph (ii).
266 Variation
of lease to pay out rent
(1) A lease must not be varied to reduce the rent payable to a nominal
rent unless—
(a) the lease is included in a class of leases prescribed by regulation;
and
(b) all amounts payable to the Territory up to the day of variation of the
lease for rates and land tax levied in relation to the land comprised in the
lease have been paid; and
(c) the provisions of the lease requiring the lessee to develop the land
comprised in the lease have been complied with up to the day of the variation;
and
(d) the lessee has paid the Territory an amount decided by the planning
and land authority by reference to any policy direction made under subsection
(2).
(2) The Minister may make policy directions for subsection (1)
(d).
(3) A policy direction is a disallowable instrument.
Note A disallowable instrument must be notified, and
presented to the Legislative Assembly, under the Legislation Act.
(4) If a lease is varied to reduce the rent payable to a nominal rent, the
lease as varied must provide that the lessee is to pay a rent of 5 cents each
year if and when that rent is demanded.
(5) The requirements of this section are in addition to, and not in
substitution for, the requirements of the other provisions of this Act relating
to the variation of leases.
267 No
variations to extend term
The planning and land authority must not execute a variation of a lease to
extend the term of the lease.
268 No
variation of certain leases for 5 years
(1) This section applies to the following leases:
(a) a lease granted in accordance with section 234;
(b) a lease to which section 244 applies.
Note This section also applies to leases granted under the Land
(Planning and Environment) Act 1991, s 164 (see s 441).
(2) However, this does not apply to a lease exempted by
regulation.
(3) The planning and land authority must not consent to the variation of a
lease to which this section applies earlier than 5 years after the day the lease
is granted.
Division
9.6.3 Variation of nominal rent
leases
269 Variation
of nominal rent lease—change of use charge
(1) The planning and land authority must not execute a variation of a
nominal rent lease unless the lessee has paid the Territory any change of use
charge worked out by the authority, less any remission under section 271,
plus any increase under section 272.
Note The change of use charge is worked out under s 270.
(2) A variation of a lease has no effect if the change of use charge
payable under subsection (1) for the variation is not paid.
270 Working
out change of use charge
(1) The planning and land authority works out the change of use charge for
a variation of a lease as follows:
(2) In this section:
CUC means the change of use charge payable for the variation
of the lease.
V1—
(a) for a variation other than a consolidation or subdivision, means the
capital sum that the lease might be expected to realise if—
(i) the lease were varied as proposed; and
(ii) the lease were genuinely offered for sale immediately after the
variation on the reasonable terms and conditions that a genuine seller would
require; and
(iii) the rent payable throughout the term of the lease or, for a
variation that involves the surrender of a lease and issue of a new lease, the
new lease, were a nominal rent; or
(b) for a variation that is a consolidation or subdivision, means the
capital sum that the new lease or leases to be granted under the consolidation
or subdivision might be expected to realise if—
(i) the consolidation or subdivision were to take place as proposed;
and
(ii) the new lease or leases were genuinely offered for sale immediately
after the variation on the reasonable terms and conditions that a genuine seller
would require; and
(iii) the rent payable throughout the term of the new lease or leases were
a nominal rent.
V2—
(a) for a variation other than a consolidation or subdivision, means the
capital sum that the lease might be expected to realise if—
(i) the lease were not varied during the remainder of its term;
and
(ii) the lease were genuinely offered for sale immediately before the
variation on the reasonable terms and conditions that a genuine seller would
require; and
(iii) the rent payable throughout the term of the lease, or lease to be
surrendered, were a nominal rent; or
(b) for a variation that is a consolidation or subdivision, means the
capital sum that the lease or leases to be surrendered under the consolidation
or subdivision might be expected to realise if—
(i) no consolidation or subdivision were to take place during the
remainder of the term of the surrendered lease or leases; and
(ii) the lease or leases were genuinely offered for sale immediately
before the consolidation or subdivision on the reasonable terms and conditions
that a genuine seller would require; and
(iii) the rent payable throughout the term of the lease or leases to be
surrendered were a nominal rent.
(3) If the capital value assessed as V1 is equal
to or less than the capital value assessed as V2, no
change of use charge is payable.
271 When
authority must remit change of use charge
The planning and land authority must remit all or part of a change of use
charge for a variation of a lease under section 269 in the circumstances
prescribed by regulation.
272 When
authority must increase change of use charge
The planning and land authority must increase a change of use charge for a
variation of a lease under section 269 in the circumstances prescribed by
regulation.
Note to pt 9.7
Improvement, in relation to rural leases, has a special
meaning (see s 281).
Division
9.7.1 Further rural
leases
273 Determination
of amount payable for further leases—rural land
(1) The Minister may make a determination for section 246 (1)
(e).
(2) If the Minister has not made a determination under this section, the
amount that is taken to have been determined for a rural lease is the market
value.
(3) A determination under subsection (1) is a disallowable
instrument.
Note A disallowable instrument must be notified, and
presented to the Legislative Assembly, under the Legislation Act.
274 Fixing
period for further leases—rural land
(1) The Minister may make a determination for section 246 (2)
(b).
(2) However, if the national capital authority has set a maximum term for
a rural lease of land in a designated area, the Minister must not determine a
period under subsection (1) for a further rural lease of the land in a
designated area that is longer than the maximum term set by the national capital
authority.
(3) A determination under subsection (1) is a disallowable
instrument.
Note A disallowable instrument must be notified, and
presented to the Legislative Assembly, under the Legislation Act.
Division
9.7.2 Exceptions for rural
leases
275 Definitions—div
9.7.2
In this division:
discharge amount means the discharge amount worked out as
prescribed by regulation.
holding period, for a lease, is a period
ending—
(a) if the discharge amount is paid; or
(b) in relation to a lease for a term of 21 years or longer—10 years
after the lease commences; or
(c) in relation to a lease for a term shorter than 21 years—at the
end of 1/3 the term of
the lease.
276 Land
management agreements
Note Section 278 contains exceptions to this section.
(1) This section applies to the following actions:
(a) granting a rural lease;
(b) granting a further rural lease;
(c) varying a rural lease;
(d) consenting to the assignment or transfer of a rural lease.
(2) The planning and land authority may take action to which this section
applies only if—
(a) the person to whom the lease is to be granted, assigned or
transferred, or the person whose lease is to be varied, has entered into an
agreement with the Territory about managing the rural land comprised in the
lease; and
(b) the agreement complies with this section.
(3) An agreement between a person and the Territory complies with this
section if it is—
(a) in accordance with a form approved by the Minister under section 416
(Approved forms) for this section; and
(b) signed by—
(i) the conservator of flora and fauna; and
(ii) the person.
(4) An agreement may contain a provision allowing the agreement to be
varied other than by agreement between the parties.
277 Dealings
with rural leases
Note Section 278 contains exceptions to this section.
(1) This section applies to—
(a) a rural lease granted under section 231 (Granting leases);
and
(b) a grant of a further lease of a rural lease.
Note This section has an extended application (see s 444).
(2) A lessee, or anyone else with an interest in the lease, must not deal
with a lease to which this section applies without the written consent of the
planning and land authority.
(3) A dealing in relation to a lease made or entered into without consent
has no effect.
(4) The planning and land authority must not consent under this section to
a dealing in relation to a lease unless—
(a) the lessee’s domestic partner or child is the person to
whom—
(i) the lease is being assigned or transferred; or
(ii) the land comprised in the lease, or part of it, is sublet;
or
(iii) possession of the land comprised in the lease, or part of it, is
being given; or
(b) the holding period for the lease has ended.
(5) The validity of a dealing made or entered into with the consent of the
planning and land authority is not affected—
(a) by a defect or irregularity in relation to the giving of the consent;
or
(b) because a ground, or all grounds, for the consent had not
arisen.
(6) To remove any doubt, a person is not required to pay a discharge
amount more than once under this section in relation to a rural lease.
(7) In this section:
child, of a lessee, includes a child of the lessee’s
domestic partner.
278 Exceptions
to s 276 and s 277
Section 276 and section 277 do not apply to the transfer or assignment of a
lease, or an interest in the lease, if—
(a) the lessee has died; or
(b) the transfer or assignment is made under any of the following
orders:
(i) an order of the Family Court;
(ii) an order of another court having jurisdiction under the Family Law
Act 1975 (Cwlth);
(iii) an order under the Domestic Relationships Act 1994,
division 3.2 adjusting the property interests of the parties in a
domestic relationship; or
(c) the transfer or assignment happens by operation of, or under,
bankruptcy or insolvency.
Note The person to whom the lease, or interest, has been transferred
or assigned must enter into a land management agreement (see s 279).
279 Delayed
requirement to enter into land management agreement
(1) This section applies if a lease, part of the lease or an interest in
the lease, to which section 276 or section 277 applies has been transferred
or assigned to someone (the interest holder) who has not entered
into a land management agreement for the rural land comprised in the lease, or
part of the lease, or to which the interest relates.
(2) The interest holder must enter into a land management agreement for
the rural land comprised in the lease, or part of the lease, or to which the
interest relates not later than 6 months (or any extended period) after the day
the lease, part of the lease or interest, is transferred or assigned to the
interest holder.
(3) The planning and land authority may, in writing, extend the period
under subsection (2) for entering into a land management agreement.
Note The planning and land authority may extend the period under s
(2) after the end of the period being extended (see Legislation Act,
s 151C (3)).
280 No
subdivision or consolidation of rural leases
The planning and land authority must not consent to the consolidation or
subdivision of a lease to which section 277 applies during the holding
period.
Part
9.8 Leases—improvements
In this part:
improvement, in relation to land, means—
(a) a building or structure on the land; or
(b) in relation to land held under a rural lease—
(i) a building or structure on or under the land; or
(ii) any improvement to the land reasonably undertaken for rural
purposes.
lessee, for a lease that has ended, whether by termination,
surrender, end of term or otherwise, means the person who was the lessee under
the lease when the lease ended.
undertaken, in relation to an improvement that is a building
or structure, means the construction of the building or structure.
282 Application
of pt 9.8 to improvements
This part applies only to the following improvements to land:
(a) an improvement undertaken in a way consistent with the law of the
Territory, and with any lease over the land, other than—
(i) an improvement undertaken by the Territory or the Commonwealth
(subject to paragraph (b)); or
(ii) an improvement acquired by the Territory or the Commonwealth (subject
to paragraph (c));
(b) an improvement undertaken by the Territory or the Commonwealth, if the
Territory or the Commonwealth has received, or is entitled to receive, payment
for the improvement;
(c) an improvement acquired by the Territory or the Commonwealth, if the
Territory or the Commonwealth has received, or is entitled to receive, payment
for the improvement.
283 Renewing
lessee not liable to pay for improvements
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the term of a lease expires; and
(b) there are improvements to which this part applies on the land
comprised in the lease; and
(c) the lessee is granted a further lease of the land or part of
it.
(2) The lessee is not liable to pay the planning and land authority for
the improvements on the land or part of the land.
284 Authority
to pay for certain improvements
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the term of a lease expires; and
(b) there are improvements to which this part applies on the land
comprised in the lease; and
(c) there is no provision in the lease that precludes or limits the right
of the lessee to payment in relation to the improvements; and
(d) the lessee is not granted a further lease of the land, or is granted a
lease of only part of the land.
Note Section 286 and s 287 make this section apply in other
cases.
(2) The planning and land authority is liable to pay the
lessee—
(a) if no further lease of the land is granted to the lessee—the
amount decided by the authority to be the value of the improvements on the land;
or
(b) if a further lease of only part of the land is granted to the
lessee—the amount decided by the authority to be the value of the
improvements to which this section applies on the part of the land not
leased.
Note Under s 285, the planning and land authority may be required to
deduct an amount from the amount payable under this section.
285 Land
declared available for further lease
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority is liable to pay a lessee an amount
under section 284; and
(b) before the expiry of the term of the lease, the authority declared
that the land comprised in the lease, or part of the land, was available for a
further lease; and
(c) the lessee does not elect to take a further lease of the land, or part
of the land, declared to be available not later than 6 months after the
expiry of the term of the lease.
(2) The amount of any expenditure reasonably incurred by the Territory,
the planning and land authority or both, in relation to the grant of a lease of
the land, or part of the land, to anyone else must be deducted from the amount
payable to the lessee under section 284.
286 Lease
surrendered or terminated
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a lease is surrendered or terminated; and
(b) the lessee has fully complied with the provisions (if any) of the
lease relating to the construction of a building on the land comprised in the
lease; and
(c) there is no provision in the lease that precludes or limits the right
of the lessee to payment in relation to improvements on the land comprised in
the lease.
(2) Section 284 and section 285 apply in relation to the lease (so far as
applicable) as if the term of the lease had expired on the day the lease was
surrendered or terminated.
(3) However, the amount worked out under subsection (4) must be deducted
from any amount payable under section 284 to the lessee of the surrendered or
terminated lease.
(4) The planning and land authority may work out the amount of the
expenditure reasonably incurred by the Territory, the authority or both, in
relation to the surrender or termination of the lease.
287 Withdrawal
of lease or part before end
(1) This section applies if—
(a) before the end of the term of a lease, the planning and land authority
withdraws all or part of the leased land from the lease under a provision of the
lease; and
(b) the lessee has fully complied with the provisions (if any) of the
lease relating to the construction of a building on the land comprised in the
lease; and
(c) there is no provision in the lease that precludes or limits the right
of the lessee to payment in relation to improvements on the land comprised in
the lease.
(2) Section 284 and section 285 apply in relation to the lease, or the
part of the lease that comprises the land withdrawn, as if the term of the
lease, or part of the lease, had ended on the day of the withdrawal.
288 Deciding
value of improvements
(1) In this section:
assessment day means—
(a) in relation to land if the term of the lease has expired—the day
the term expired; or
(b) in relation to land a lease of which has been terminated or
surrendered—the day the lease was terminated or surrendered; or
(c) in relation to land that has been withdrawn from a lease—the day
of withdrawal.
market value, in relation to improvements on land, means the
amount by which the improvements increase the value of the lease of the land,
assuming that the lease, together with the improvements, were offered for sale
on the open market on the day before the assessment day on the reasonable terms
and conditions that a genuine seller might require.
(2) If compensation is payable under this part in relation to
improvements, the planning and land authority must, as soon as practicable after
the assessment day in relation to the land where the improvements are situated,
in writing, decide, in accordance with this section, the market value of the
improvements on the land as at the assessment day.
(3) If compensation is payable under section 284, the planning and land
authority must, in valuing the improvements, assume that a further lease of the
land had been granted subject to the same provisions, and for the same term, as
the lease the term of which has expired.
(4) If compensation is payable under section 286, the planning and land
authority must, in valuing the improvements, assume that the lease of the land
had not been terminated or surrendered.
(5) If compensation is payable under section 287, the planning and land
authority must, in valuing the improvements, assume that the leased land or part
of the leased land had not been withdrawn from the lease.
Part
9.9 Leases—certificates of
compliance and building and development provisions
289 Certificates
of compliance
(1) If a building and development provision of a lease has been fully
complied with, the planning and land authority must, on application by the
lessee, issue a certificate of compliance stating that the provision has been
complied with.
Note A single form may be used for a number of provisions, so a
joint certificate of completion, certificate of compliance and certificate of
occupancy may be issued (see Legislation Act, s 255 (7)).
(2) If a building and development provision of a lease has been partly
complied with, the planning and land authority may issue a certificate of
compliance stating that the provision has been partly complied with.
(3) A certificate of compliance under subsection (2) may be issued subject
to a condition (stated in the certificate) that the lessee provides security in
a stated form against failure to complete stated outstanding work.
(4) This section is subject to section 290.
290 Certificates
of compliance relating to Unit Titles Act leases
(1) The planning and land authority must not issue a certificate of
compliance under section 289 in relation to a building and development provision
that a lease under the Unit Titles Act 2001 is subject to unless
satisfied under subsection (2).
(2) The planning and land authority must be satisfied—
(a) for every other lease in relation to the same subdivision under the
Unit Titles Act 2001 that is subject to a building and development
provision—that the provision has been complied with, or a certificate of
compliance has been issued under section 289 in relation to the provision;
or
(b) that the occupier of the unit that is held under the lease will not,
as occupier, be substantially inconvenienced by works being carried out, or that
are to be carried out, in compliance with a building and development provision
to which the lease of the common property or another unit contained in the same
subdivision under the Unit Titles Act 2001 is subject.
(3) For subsection (2), an occupier is substantially inconvenienced
by works being carried out, or that are to be carried out, if the works
are being, or are to be, carried out to the common property, or another unit, in
the same stage of the development as the occupier’s unit.
291 Mortgage
of leasehold subject to building and development provision
(1) This section applies if a lease contains a building and development
provision.
(2) The lease, or an interest in the lease, cannot be mortgaged
unless—
(a) the lessee has obtained a certificate of compliance under section 289;
or
(b) the mortgage is required by the lessee—
(i) to allow the lessee to repay money borrowed by the lessee to acquire
the lease or interest; or
(ii) to secure money borrowed by the lessee to acquire the lease or
interest; or
(iii) to allow the lessee to comply with a building and development
provision of the lease.
292 Transfer
of land subject to building and development provision
(1) A lease containing a building and development provision, or an
interest in the lease, cannot be assigned or transferred, either at law or in
equity unless—
(a) the lessee has died; or
(b) the transfer or assignment is made under any of the following
orders:
(i) an order of the Family Court;
(ii) an order of another court having jurisdiction under the Family Law
Act 1975 (Cwlth);
(iii) an order under the Domestic Relationships Act 1994,
division 3.2 adjusting the property interests of the parties in a
domestic relationship; or
(c) the transfer or assignment happens by operation of, or under,
bankruptcy or insolvency; or
(d) the lessee has—
(i) a certificate of compliance under section 289; or
(ii) the consent of the planning and land authority under subsection (2)
or (3).
Note A consent under the City Area Leases Ordinance 1936 may
be taken to be a consent under s (2) (see Land (Planning and Environment)
Act 1991, s 292 (expired)).
(2) The planning and land authority may, in writing, consent to a legal or
equitable assignment or transfer of a lease containing a building and
development provision, or an interest in the lease, if—
(a) the authority—
(i) is satisfied that the proposed assignee or transferee intends to
comply with the building and development provision; and
(ii) has been given the security (if any) required by the authority for
compliance with the provision by the proposed assignee or transferee;
and
(b) either—
(i) the authority is satisfied that the lessee cannot, for personal or
financial reasons, comply with the building and development provision;
or
(ii) the proposed transferee or assignee (the homebuyer) has
a contract with the person (the builder) proposing to transfer or
assign the lease and, under the contract, the builder is required to build a
home on the leased land for the homebuyer.
(3) The planning and land authority may also, in writing, consent to a
transfer of a lease containing a building and development provision, or an
interest in the lease, if the proposed transfer is the first sale of an
individual lease of undeveloped land by the person who provided the
infrastructure on, and subdivided, the holding lease of which the individual
lease is a subdivision.
(4) In deciding under subsection (2) or (3) whether to consent to an
assignment or transfer of a lease, the planning and land authority must take
into consideration any matters prescribed by regulation.
Part
9.10 Surrendering and termination of
leases
293 Refund
on lease surrender or termination
(1) This section applies if a lease is surrendered or terminated under
this Act.
(2) On application by the person surrendering the lease or the person
whose lease has been terminated, the planning and land authority may authorise
payment to the person of the amount prescribed by regulation.
(3) The planning and land authority must not authorise the payment of an
amount under this section otherwise than in accordance with criteria prescribed
by regulation.
294 Lessee
may surrender lease or part of lease
(1) A person who holds a lease may, at any time, with the consent of the
planning and land authority, surrender the lease or part of the land comprised
in the lease.
Note For provisions about compensation for improvements, see pt
9.8.
(2) The planning and land authority may agree to accept the surrender of a
lease, or part of the land comprised in a lease, under subsection (1)
either unconditionally or subject to any condition the authority considers
appropriate.
(3) The surrender of a lease, or part of the land comprised in a lease,
does not entitle the lessee to a refund or remission of any rent already paid or
owing.
Part
9.11 Licences for unleased
land
295 Criteria
for granting licences for unleased land
(1) The Executive may determine criteria for the granting of licences to
occupy or use unleased land.
Note A licence is a contractual right to do something that would be
unlawful to do without the licence, eg to occupy or use land under the
contract.
(2) A determination is a disallowable instrument.
Note A disallowable instrument must be notified, and presented to
the Legislative Assembly, under the Legislation Act.
296 Applications
for licences for unleased land
(1) A person may apply to the planning and land authority for a licence to
occupy or use an area of unleased territory land.
Example of when a licence might be given to
a person
to allow grazing of livestock on an area of unleased territory land
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(2) An application under subsection (1) must—
(a) be in writing signed by the applicant; and
(b) state—
(i) the land (the subject land) in relation to which the
licence is sought; and
(ii) the period for which the licence is sought; and
(iii) the purposes for which it is proposed that the land should be used
under the licence; and
(c) be accompanied by a written consent by the custodian for the subject
land to the issue of the licence applied for.
297 Decision
on licence applications for unleased land
(1) On receiving an application under section 296, the planning and land
authority may grant the applicant a licence to occupy or use the land, and any
building or structure on the land, stated in the application for the purposes
and period stated in the application.
Note An application must be accompanied by the custodian’s
written consent to the issue of the licence applied for.
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not grant a licence
under subsection (1) to occupy or use public land unless the conservator of
flora and fauna agrees in writing to the grant.
(1) A licence granted under section 297 must—
(a) be in writing; and
(b) state the period for which it is granted.
(2) A licence granted under section 297—
(a) applies to the person to whom it is granted; and
(b) is subject to the conditions (if any) stated in the licence.
299 Licences—when
not needed
A person need not hold a licence granted under section 297 to occupy or use
an area of unleased territory land if—
(a) the person holds a permit under the Roads and Public Places Act
1937 to place an object in, over or across the area; and
(b) the area is being occupied or used in accordance with the permit;
and
(c) for an occupation or use that requires development
approval—
(i) the occupation or use has development approval; and
(ii) if the occupation or use has development approval subject to a
condition—the person is complying with the condition.
Part
9.12 Leases and
licences—miscellaneous
300 Land
leased to be held as undivided parcel
(1) The land comprised in a lease must at all times be held and occupied
by or under the lessee as 1 undivided parcel, unless section 301, section 302 or
section 303 provides otherwise.
(2) The land comprised in a lease may be sublet and the lease and any
interest in it may be assigned, transferred or mortgaged, unless a provision of
this chapter provides otherwise.
301 Power
of lessee to sublet part of building
(1) Any part of a building on land comprised in a lease may, subject to
the lease, any sublease of the land and this Act, be sublet separately from the
remainder of the building.
Note Section 244 and s 277 require consent before subleasing in some
cases.
(2) If a part of a building is sublet separately from the remainder of the
building, any part of the parcel of land with the building on it may be sublet
with the part of the building separately from the remainder of the parcel of
land, as long as the part of the parcel of land sublet adjoins the part of the
parcel of land with the building on it.
(3) To remove any doubt, nothing in this section prevents the subletting
of a whole building.
302 Power
of lessee to sublet part of land
(1) Any part of land comprised in a lease must not be sublet without the
prior written approval of the planning and land authority.
(2) The planning and land authority must not approve the subletting of a
part of land comprised in a lease other than in accordance with criteria
prescribed by regulation.
(3) This section does not apply to a part of land sublet under
section 303.
(4) To remove any doubt, nothing in this section prevents development in
accordance with this Act on land sublet.
303 Subletting
for siting of mobile homes
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a lease of territory land authorises the use of the land comprised in
the lease as a mobile home park; and
(b) part of the land is being used, or intended to be used, for the siting
of a mobile home.
(2) The part of the land may, subject to the lease and any sublease of the
land, be sublet separately from the remainder of the land.
(3) In this section:
mobile home means a dwelling (whether or not on wheels)
capable of being transferred from place to place and re-erected.
mobile home park means land used for the purpose of
accommodating mobile homes or caravans, and includes a caravan park or camping
ground.
304 Reservation
of minerals
A reservation of minerals contained in a lease must be read as a
reservation of all minerals and mineral substances in or on the land, including
gold, silver, copper, tin, other metals, ores and substances containing metals,
gems, precious stones, coal, limestone, shale, mineral oils, valuable earths and
substances, stone, clay, gravel and sand.
305 Access
to lease documents and development agreements
(1) The Freedom of Information Act 1989, section 11 (2) does not
apply to a document that became a document of a Commonwealth agency before 1
January 1977 and is—
(a) a lease; or
(b) a variation of a lease; or
(c) a renewal of a lease.
(2) A document is taken not to be an exempt document for the Freedom of
Information Act 1989 if the document is—
(a) a lease; or
(b) a variation of a lease; or
(c) a renewal of a lease.
306 How
land may be recovered if former lessee or licensee in
possession
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a person who has been a lessee remains in possession of the land
after—
(i) the term of the lease has ended; or
(ii) the lease has been surrendered or ended; or
(b) a person who has been a licensee remains in possession of the land
after—
(i) the term of the licence has ended; or
(ii) the licence has been surrendered or ended.
(2) The planning and land authority may, by written notice to the person
(the unlawful occupier), demand that the unlawful occupier give
possession of the land to the authority within the reasonable period stated in
the demand.
(3) If a demand is not complied with—
(a) the planning and land authority may apply to the Magistrates Court for
an order that possession of the land be given to the authority; and
(b) the court may issue a warrant authorising a police officer, within 20
working days after the day the warrant is issued, to enter the land with the
assistance and by the force that is reasonable, and give possession of the land
to the authority.
(4) In this section:
licence means a licence granted by the Territory, the
Commonwealth or the planning and land authority.
Chapter
10 Management of public
land
Notes to ch 10
Licences over public land are granted under pt 9.11.
Fees may be determined under s 415 for provisions of this
chapter.
If a form is approved under s 416 for a provision
of this chapter, the form must be used.
Under this chapter, applications may be made, and notice may be given,
electronically in certain circumstances (see the Electronic Transactions Act
2001).
Part
10.1 Interpretation—ch
10
In this chapter:
Note Custodian—see s 326 (see dict).
Custodianship map—see s 327 (see dict).
management objectives, for an area of public land—see
section 311.
plan of management means a plan of management under part
10.4.
variation, of a plan of management, includes the revocation
of the plan and its substitution with a new plan.
Part
10.2 Providing for public
land
308 Recommendations
to authority
The custodian for an area of unleased land, or the conservator of flora and
fauna, may, in writing, recommend to the planning and land authority that the
territory plan be varied to provide—
(a) for the identification of the area of land (or part of it) as public
land and its reservation for a purpose mentioned in section 309; or
(b) in relation to an area already identified in the plan as public
land—
(i) for the variation of the boundaries of the area to reduce or increase
the size of the area, or to alter the shape of the area; or
(ii) for the variation of the purpose for which the area is reserved;
or
(iii) that the land stops being public land.
Part
10.3 Management of public
land
309 Reserved
areas—public land
Public land may be reserved in the territory plan, whether in the map or
elsewhere in the plan, for any of the following purposes:
(a) a wilderness area;
(b) a national park;
(c) a nature reserve;
(d) a special purpose reserve;
(e) an urban open space;
(f) a cemetery or burial ground;
(g) the protection of water supply;
(h) a lake;
(i) a sport and recreation reserve;
(j) a heritage area.
310 Management
of public land
An area of public land must be managed in accordance with—
(a) the management objectives applying to the area; and
(b) any plan of management for the area.
311 Management
objectives for areas of public land
(1) The management objectives for an area of public land
reserved for a particular purpose are—
(a) the management objectives stated in schedule 3 in relation to areas of
land reserved for the purpose; and
(b) the management objectives stated by the conservator of flora and fauna
under subsection (2) in relation to areas of land reserved for the
purpose.
(2) The conservator of flora and fauna may determine management objectives
for an area of public land reserved for a purpose mentioned in schedule
3.
Note A power given under an Act to make a statutory instrument
(including a determination of management objectives) includes power to amend or
repeal the instrument (see Legislation Act, s 46 (1)).
(3) A determination of management objectives is a disallowable
instrument.
Note 1 A disallowable instrument must be notified, and
presented to the Legislative Assembly, under the Legislation Act.
Note 2 An amendment or repeal of a determination of management
objectives is also a disallowable instrument (see Legislation Act, s 46
(2)).
(4) If there is an inconsistency between the application of
2 management objectives stated in schedule 3 in relation to an area of
public land, the objective appearing later in the schedule is to be read subject
to the earlier objective.
(5) If there is an inconsistency between the application of a management
objective stated in schedule 3 and a management objective stated by the
conservator of flora and fauna under subsection (2) in relation to an area of
public land, the objective stated by the conservator is to be read subject to
the objective in schedule 3.
(6) In schedule 3:
natural environment means all biological, physical and visual
elements of the earth and its atmosphere, whether natural or
modified.
Part
10.4 Plans of management for public
land
312 Meaning
of proponent—pt 10.4
In this part:
proponent means—
(a) for a draft plan of management for an area of public land—the
custodian of the land; or
(b) for a draft variation of a plan of management for an area of public
land—
(i) the custodian of the land; or
(ii) if the draft variation was prepared by the conservator of flora and
fauna—the conservator of flora and fauna.
313 Content
of plans of management
A plan of management must include—
(a) a description of the area of public land to which it applies;
and
(b) how the management objectives for the area are to be implemented or
promoted in the area.
314 Preparation
of plans of management
(1) The custodian for an area of public land must prepare a draft plan of
management for the area as soon as practicable after the area is identified as
public land in the territory plan.
(2) The custodian for an area of public land may prepare a draft plan of
management for the area if the custodian considers the existing plan of
management is outdated.
(3) In preparing a draft plan of management for an area, the custodian for
the area must consider any comment by the planning and land authority or the
conservator of flora and fauna in relation to the area or the draft
plan.
Note If the draft plan of management does not incorporate any
comments by the planning and land authority or the conservator, an explanation
of why must be given to the Minister (see s 319).
315 Variations
of plans of management
(1) The custodian for an area of public land, or the conservator of flora
and fauna, may prepare a draft variation of a plan of management in the same way
as a draft plan of management.
(2) However, the conservator of flora and fauna must not prepare a draft
variation of a plan of management for an area of public land unless the
conservator has consulted the custodian for the area.
(3) This part applies to a draft variation of a plan of management as if
it were a draft plan of management.
316 Planning
reports and SEAs—draft plans of management
(1) At any time before a draft plan of management is approved under
section 321 (3) (a), the Minister may direct that a planning report or strategic
environmental assessment be completed for any aspect of the draft
plan.
(2) The Minister may act under subsection (1) after receiving a written
request from the conservator of flora and fauna or on the Minister’s own
initiative.
(3) In preparing or revising a draft plan of management, the proponent
must consider any relevant planning report or strategic environmental
assessment.
317 Public
consultation about draft plans of management
(1) This section applies to a draft plan of management (the final
draft plan) for an area of public land if—
(a) no preliminary draft plan of management for the area has been notified
under section 62; or
Note A preliminary draft plan of management for an area would be
notified under section 62 as a background paper to a territory plan variation
(see s 57, def background papers).
(b) if a preliminary draft plan of management has been notified under
section 62—the final draft plan differs significantly from the preliminary
draft plan.
(2) The proponent of the final draft plan must make copies of the final
draft plan available—
(a) to an appropriate committee of the Legislative Assembly; and
(b) for public inspection during office hours at the places stated in a
written notice (the public inspection notice) prepared by the
proponent.
(3) The public inspection notice must invite people to give written
representations about the draft plan of management to the proponent at a stated
address by not later than the end of a stated period of not less than 15 working
days after the date the notice is notified under the Legislation Act.
(4) The public inspection notice is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
(5) The proponent of the final draft plan must also publish the public
inspection notice in a daily newspaper.
318 Revision
of draft plans of management
The proponent of a draft plan of management may revise the draft
plan—
(a) after considering any written representations received about the draft
plan; or
(b) to correct any formal error.
319 Giving
draft plans of management to Minister
The proponent of a draft plan of management for an area of public land must
give the draft plan (whether revised under section 318 or otherwise) to the
Minister for approval, together with—
(a) a written report setting out the issues raised in any written comments
given to the proponent in relation to the draft plan; and
(b) if the planning and land authority or conservator of flora and fauna
made comments in relation to the area or the draft plan and the draft plan does
not incorporate the comments—a written explanation of why the draft plan
does not incorporate the comments; and
(c) a written report about the proponent’s consultation with the
public and with anyone else about the draft plan.
320 Consideration
of draft plans of management by Legislative Assembly
committee
(1) This section applies if the Minister is given a draft plan of
management under section 319.
(2) Not later than 5 working days after the day the Minister receives the
draft plan of management, the Minister must give the following to an appropriate
committee of the Legislative Assembly:
(a) a copy of the draft plan;
(b) a copy of the reports mentioned in section 319 relating to the draft
plan.
321 Minister’s
powers on receiving draft plans of management
(1) This section applies if the Minister receives a draft plan of
management given for approval under section 319 or section 322.
(2) The Minister must consider any recommendation relating to the draft
plan of management made by a committee of the Legislative Assembly under section
320.
(3) The Minister must—
(a) in writing, approve the plan of management in the form given;
or
(b) refer the draft plan to the proponent of the draft together with
1 or more of the following written directions:
(i) to conduct further stated consultation;
(ii) to consider any revision suggested by the Minister;
(iii) to revise the draft in a stated way;
(iv) to defer giving the draft to the Minister again until a stated date
or the happening of a stated event;
(v) to withdraw the draft in writing.
Note A plan of management approved by the Minister is a disallowable
instrument (see s 324).
(4) The following are notifiable instruments:
(a) a deferral of a draft plan of management by the proponent of the draft
plan in accordance with a direction under subsection (3) (b)
(iv);
(b) a withdrawal of a draft plan of management by the proponent of the
draft plan in accordance with a direction under subsection (3) (b)
(v).
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
322 Referral
of draft plans of management to proponent
If the Minister refers a draft plan of management to the proponent of the
draft plan under section 321 (3) (b), the proponent must—
(a) if the Minister gives a direction under section 321 (3) (b)
(i)—comply with the Minister’s directions; and
(b) if the Minister gives a direction under section 321 (3) (b) (ii) or
(iii)—revise the draft plan if the proponent considers appropriate;
and
(c) revise the draft to correct any formal error; and
(d) submit the draft plan of management (as revised) to the Minister for
approval together with a written report about—
(i) the proponent’s compliance with the Minister’s directions;
and
(ii) any revision of the draft under paragraph (c).
323 Notice
of revival of deferred draft plans of management
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the proponent of a draft plan of management defers the draft plan as
directed under section 321 (3) (b) (iv) (Minister’s powers on receiving
draft plans of management); and
(b) either—
(i) the day stated in the deferral for revival of the draft plan arrives;
or
(ii) the event mentioned in the deferral for revival of the draft plan
happens.
(2) The proponent of the draft plan of management must prepare a notice,
on the day stated in the deferral, or as soon as possible after the event
mentioned in the deferral, stating that the draft plan is revived.
(3) A notice is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the
Legislation Act.
(4) The proponent of the draft plan of management must also publish the
notice in a daily newspaper.
324 Plans
of management—notification, presentation, disallowance and date of
effect
(1) A plan of management approved by the Minister under section 321 is a
disallowable instrument.
Note A disallowable instrument must be notified, and
presented to the Legislative Assembly, under the Legislation Act.
(2) Subject to any disallowance under the Legislation Act, chapter 7,
the plan of management commences—
(a) on the day after the 6th sitting day after the day the plan is
presented to the Legislative Assembly under that chapter; or
(b) if the plan provides for a later date or time of commencement—on
the later date or time.
325 Review
of plans of management
(1) This section applies if there is a plan of management for an area of
public land.
(2) The custodian of the land must—
(a) review the plan of management at least once every 10 years; and
(b) if satisfied that the plan of management is no longer appropriate for
the land—prepare a draft variation of the plan of management for the land
(see s 315).
Part
10.5 Custodianship
map
A custodian for an area of land is an administrative unit or
other entity with administrative responsibility for land in the ACT that is
unleased land, public land or both.
Note Entity includes an unincorporated body and a person
(including a person occupying a position) (see Legislation Act, dict, pt
1).
(1) The planning and land authority must create and maintain a map (the
custodianship map) that identifies, and reflects who has
administrative responsibility for land in the ACT that is unleased land, public
land or both.
(2) The custodianship map may include anything else the planning and land
authority considers appropriate.
Part
10.6 Leases for public
land
In this part:
defined period, in relation to future public land, means the
period of interim effect under part 5.3 of the draft plan variation that
designates the land to become public land.
future public land means land designated to become public
land in a draft plan variation publicly notified under part 5.3.
329 Leases
of public land—generally
The planning and land authority must not, except in accordance with section
330, grant a lease of—
(a) public land; or
(b) future public land during the defined period.
330 Grant
of leases of public land
(1) On the written recommendation of the conservator of flora and fauna
and the custodian, the planning and land authority may grant a lease of an area,
or part of an area, of public land unless the area is reserved under the plan as
a wilderness area.
(2) On the written recommendation of the conservator of flora and fauna
and the custodian, the planning and land authority may, during the defined
period, grant a lease of an area, or part of an area, of future public land
unless it is proposed in the draft plan variation that designates the land to
become public land that the area be reserved as a wilderness area.
Part
10.7 Public
land—miscellaneous
331 Miners’
rights in relation to public land
A miner’s right must not be granted in relation to public
land.
Chapter
11 Controlled
activities
Notes to ch 11
Fees may be determined under s 415 for provisions of this
chapter.
If a form is approved under s 416 for a provision
of this chapter, the form must be used.
Under this chapter, applications may be made, and notice may be given,
electronically in certain circumstances (see the Electronic Transactions Act
2001).
Part
11.1 Interpretation—ch
11
In this Act:
complainant—see section 334 (1) (b).
controlled activity means—
(a) an activity mentioned in schedule 2; or
(b) an activity, including an activity under another Act, prescribed by
regulation.
controlled activity order means an order made under part
11.3.
Part
11.2 Complaints about controlled
activities
Anyone who believes a person is conducting, or has conducted, a controlled
activity may complain to the planning and land authority.
Note A person is not required to make a complaint (see Legislation
Act, s 146 (1)).
(1) A complaint must—
(a) be in writing; and
(b) be signed by the person making the complaint (the
complainant); and
(c) include the complainant’s name and a contact address;
and
(d) identify the conduct complained about.
Examples of complaints in
writing
1 emailed complaints
2 faxed complaints
3 complaints by mail
Examples of contact
addresses
1 email address
2 postal address
3 work address
4 home address
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(2) However, the planning and land authority may accept a complaint for
consideration even if it does not comply with subsection (1).
(3) If the planning and land authority accepts for consideration a
complaint that is not in writing, the authority must require the complainant to
put the complaint in writing unless there is a good reason for not doing
so.
335 Withdrawal
of complaints
(1) A complainant may withdraw the complaint at any time by written notice
to the planning and land authority.
(2) If the complainant withdraws the complaint, the planning and land
authority—
(a) need take no further action on the complaint; but
(b) may continue to act on the complaint if the authority considers it
appropriate to do so.
(3) Also, if the complainant withdraws the complaint, the planning and
land authority need not report to the complainant under section 338 on the
result of any action in relation to the complaint.
336 Further
information about complaints etc
(1) The planning and land authority may, at any time, require a
complainant to give the authority further information about the
complaint.
(2) When making a requirement under this section, the planning and land
authority must give the complainant a reasonable period of time within which the
requirement is to be satisfied and may extend that period.
(3) If the complainant does not comply with a requirement made of the
complainant under subsection (1), the planning and land authority may, but need
not, take further action in relation to the complaint.
337 Investigation
of complaints
The planning and land authority must take reasonable steps to investigate
each complaint made in accordance with section 334.
338 Action
after investigating complaints
(1) After investigating a complaint made under this part, the planning and
land authority must do 1 or more of the following:
(a) if satisfied that no further action is necessary in relation to the
complaint—give the complainant notice under subsection (2) and take no
further action in relation to the complaint;
Note For what the authority must
consider for par (a), see s 339.
(b) if satisfied that the complaint can be more appropriately dealt with
by another entity—refer the complaint to the other entity under section
340;
Note See examples
below.
(c) if satisfied that the complaint contains evidence that suggests that a
disciplinary ground exists in relation to a construction occupations
licensee—refer the complaint to the construction occupations
registrar;
(d) if sufficient grounds exist to give someone an information
requirement—give someone an information requirement under section
388;
(e) take action under part 11.3 (Controlled activity orders) in relation
to the conduct complained about;
(f) if grounds exist under a regulation to issue an infringement notice in
relation to the conduct complained about—issue an infringement notice in
relation to the conduct;
(g) if satisfied that it would be appropriate for rectification work to be
done—direct a person to carry out rectification work under part 11.4
(Rectification work) in relation to the conduct complained about;
(h) if satisfied that it would be appropriate to give a prohibition notice
in relation to the conduct complained about—give a prohibition notice
under part 11.5 (Prohibition notices) in relation to the conduct;
(i) if satisfied that there are grounds for issuing an injunction in
relation to the conduct complained about—apply to the Supreme Court for an
injunction under part 11.6 (Injunctions, terminations and ending leases and
licences) in relation to the conduct;
(j) take action under part 11.6 to terminate a lease or licence;
(k) take any other action the authority considers appropriate.
Examples—par (b)
1 the complaint is about a potential fire hazard and would be better dealt
with by the emergency services authority
2 the complaint is about a leasehold that is unclean because leftover
chemicals are stored on it and would be better dealt with by the environment
protection authority
3 the complaint is about a leasehold that is unclean because a person with
a disability cannot make decisions about day-to-day living, and would be better
dealt with by the public advocate
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(2) The planning and land authority must give the complainant written
notice about the action the authority decides to take under subsection
(1).
(3) To remove any doubt, the planning and land authority may take action
under a provision mentioned in subsection (1) (c) to (j) even
if—
(a) the authority is not acting on a complaint; or
(b) the complaint the authority is acting on has been withdrawn.
(4) In this section:
construction occupations licensee—
(a) means a person who is licensed under the Construction Occupations
(Licensing) Act 2004; and
(b) in relation to conduct, includes a person who was licensed under that
Act when the conduct happened.
disciplinary ground, in relation to a construction
occupations licensee—see the Construction Occupations (Licensing) Act
2004, section 54.
rectification work—see section 358.
339 When
authority satisfied no further action on complaint
necessary
In considering whether no further action should be taken in relation to a
complaint under section 338, the planning and land authority must consider
whether the complaint—
(a) lacks substance; or
(b) is frivolous, vexatious or was not made honestly; or
(c) has been adequately dealt with.
Examples of complaints lacking
substance—par (a)
1 the conduct complained about is not a controlled activity
2 the conduct complained about has development approval
3 the conduct complained about did not happen
Note 1 The planning and land authority may also take no further
action on a complaint if the complainant has not complied with a requirement
made under s 336 (1) (see s 336 (3)).
Note 2 An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
340 Referral
of complaints under s 338 (1) (b)
The planning and land authority refers a complaint to another entity by
giving the other entity—
(a) a copy of the complaint or a summary of the information provided in
the complaint; and
(b) any information relating to the complaint that the authority considers
may be helpful to the entity; and
(c) a statement about why the authority considers that the entity is more
appropriate to deal with the complaint than the authority.
341 Use
of information received and discovered
(1) This section applies to information in a complaint, or information
found during the investigation of a complaint.
(2) To remove any doubt, the planning and land authority may use the
information in deciding whether to make a controlled activity order, whether on
the authority’s own initiative or on application, under part
11.3.
Part
11.3 Controlled activity
orders
Division
11.3.1 Controlled activity orders on
application
342 Meaning
of show cause notice—div 11.3.1
In this division:
show cause notice—see section 343 (3).
343 Applications
to authority for controlled activity orders
(1) A person may apply to the planning and land authority for a controlled
activity order directed to 1 or more of the following:
(a) the lessee or occupier of a place where a controlled activity was, is
being, or is to be, conducted;
(b) anyone by whom or on whose behalf a controlled activity was, is being,
or is to be, conducted.
Note A person is not required to make an application (see
Legislation Act, s 146 (1)).
(2) The application must—
(a) be in writing signed by the applicant; and
(b) state the following:
(i) the applicant’s name and a contact address;
(ii) a description of the matter about which the controlled activity order
is sought;
(iii) whether the applicant has complained to the planning and land under
part 11.2 about the matter;
(iv) the kind of order sought by the applicant;
(v) each person to whom the order sought is to be directed;
(vi) the place in relation to which the order is sought;
(vii) the grounds on which the order is sought.
(3) The planning and land authority must give written notice (the
show cause notice) of the application to—
(a) each person to whom the controlled activity order sought is to be
directed; and
(b) if different from the person or people mentioned in
paragraph (a)—the lessee or occupier of the place in relation to
which the order is sought.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(4) The show cause notice must—
(a) be accompanied by a copy of the application; and
(b) contain a statement to the effect that the person to whom it is given
may, not later than 10 working days after the day the person is given the
notice, give the planning and land authority written reasons explaining why the
order should not be made.
(5) The show cause notice may also include any other information that the
planning and land authority considers appropriate.
(6) To remove any doubt, a person is not prevented from applying for a
controlled activity order only because the person has made a complaint in
relation to the same matter.
344 Decision
on application for controlled activity order
(1) Before deciding whether to make a controlled activity order on an
application under section 343, the planning and land authority must consider any
reasons given in accordance with the show cause notice.
(2) The planning and land authority may decide—
(a) to make a controlled activity order of the kind sought; or
(b) to make a controlled activity order (including a different kind of
order) that is not more burdensome than the order sought; or
(c) not to make a controlled activity order.
Example of less burdensome order—par
(b)
A person applies for an order for the demolition of an unapproved structure
but the planning and land authority makes an order that a development
application be lodged for the structure within a stated period and, if the
application is not lodged within that period or is not approved, the structure
is to be demolished.
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(3) A controlled activity order may be directed to 1 or more of the
following:
(a) the person against whom the order is sought to be directed;
(b) if the planning and land authority considers that the order would be
more appropriately directed to someone else mentioned in section 343 (3)
(b)—that person.
(4) The planning and land authority is taken to have refused to make the
controlled activity order applied for under section 343 if the authority fails
to decide the application before the end of the period prescribed by
regulation.
Note There may be a right of review for a decision under this
section (see ch 13 and sch 1).
Division
11.3.2 Controlled activity orders on
authority’s initiative
345 Meaning
of show cause notice—div 11.3.2
In this division:
show cause notice—see section 346 (2).
346 Controlled
activity orders on authority’s own initiative
(1) This section applies if the planning and land authority proposes, on
the authority’s own initiative (whether because of a complaint under part
11.2 or otherwise), to make a controlled activity order directed to 1 or more of
the following:
(a) the lessee or occupier of a place where a controlled activity was, is
being, or is to be, conducted;
(b) anyone by whom or on whose behalf a controlled activity was, is being,
or is to be, conducted.
(2) The planning and land authority must give written notice (the
show cause notice) of the authority’s intention to make a
controlled activity order to—
(a) each person to whom the order is to be directed; and
(b) if different from the person or people mentioned in
paragraph (a)—the lessee or occupier of the place in relation to
which the order is to apply.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(3) The show cause notice must—
(a) describe the controlled activity to which the notice relates;
and
(b) state each person to whom a controlled activity order in relation to
the activity would be directed.
(4) Also, the show cause notice—
(a) must contain a statement to the effect that the person to whom it is
given may, not later than 10 working days after the day the person is given the
notice, give the planning and land authority written reasons explaining why the
controlled activity order should not be made; and
(b) may include any other information that the authority considers
appropriate.
347 Inaction
after show cause notice
(1) This section applies if—
(a) the planning and land authority has given a show cause notice under
this division; and
(b) the authority has not made a decision under section 348 in relation to
the controlled activity order mentioned in the notice within the time prescribed
by regulation.
(2) The planning and land authority is taken to have decided not to make
the controlled activity order.
(3) Also, the planning and land authority must not make the controlled
activity order unless the authority gives a further show cause notice in
relation to the order.
348 Decision
on proposed controlled activity order on authority’s own
initiative
(1) Before deciding whether to make a controlled activity order mentioned
in a show cause notice, the planning and land authority must consider any
reasons given in accordance with the show cause notice.
(2) The planning and land authority may decide—
(a) to make a controlled activity order in relation to a controlled
activity mentioned in the show cause notice; or
(b) not to make the controlled activity order mentioned in the show cause
notice.
(3) A controlled activity order may be directed to 1 or more of the
following:
(a) the person against whom the order mentioned in the show cause notice
is directed;
(b) if the planning and land authority considers that the order would be
more appropriately directed to someone else mentioned in section 346 (2)
(b)—that person.
Division
11.3.3 Ongoing controlled activity
orders
349 What
is an ongoing controlled activity order?
An ongoing controlled activity order is a controlled activity
order that—
(a) remains in force for a stated period of 2 or more years, but not
longer than 5 years; and
(b) cannot be revoked on application by the person to whom the order is
directed.
350 When
can an ongoing controlled activity order be made?
(1) The planning and land authority may make an ongoing controlled
activity order under division 11.3.1 (Controlled activity orders on application)
or division 11.3.2 (Controlled activity orders on authority’s
initiative).
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not make an ongoing
controlled activity order unless—
(a) the controlled activity to which the order relates is failing to keep
a leasehold clean; and
(b) the order is directed to a named person; and
(c) each person to whom the order is directed has contravened 2 or more
controlled activity orders relating to failing to keep a leasehold clean in
relation to the leasehold for which the ongoing controlled activity order is
proposed to be made; and
(d) at least 2 of the contraventions by each person happened in the period
of 5 years ending on the day the ongoing controlled activity order is
made.
Example of order not against named
person
an order directed to the occupier of the premises at 123 Happy
Street
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
Division
11.3.4 Provisions applying to all
controlled activity orders
351 Content
of controlled activity orders
(1) A controlled activity order must state—
(a) that it is a controlled activity order under this Act made by the
planning and land authority; and
(b) each person to whom the order is directed; and
(c) the terms of the order and the place in relation to which the order
applies; and
(d) the grounds on which the order is made; and
(e) when the order takes effect; and
(f) for an order other than an ongoing controlled activity order—if
appropriate—
(i) the period for compliance with the order; and
(ii) when the order ends (including, for example, on the happening of an
event stated in the order); and
(g) for an ongoing controlled activity order—
(i) when the order ends; and
(ii) that the order cannot be revoked on application.
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(2) A controlled activity order must also contain a statement to the
effect that the order operates until it is revoked or ends in accordance with
the order.
(3) A controlled activity order may direct anyone to whom it is directed
to do 1 or more of the following:
(a) not to begin a development without development approval;
(b) not to carry out a development without development approval;
(c) not to undertake a controlled activity other than a
development;
(d) to comply with the terms of a development approval to undertake a
development;
(e) to carry out a development in accordance with a condition under the
development approval that approved the development;
(f) to demolish a building or structure, or a part of a building or
structure, that has been constructed without development approval or permission
required under a territory law;
(g) to demolish a building or structure, or a part of a building or
structure, that encroaches onto, over or under unleased territory land without
approval granted under a territory law;
(h) to restore any land, building or structure that has been altered
without development approval or permission required under a territory
law;
(i) to replace with an identical building or structure any building or
structure that has been demolished without development approval or permission
required under a territory law;
(j) to apply for development approval for a building or structure, or part
of a building or structure, that has been constructed without development
approval;
(k) to clean up a leasehold and keep it clean;
(l) if the person to whom the order is directed is bound by a land
management agreement—to comply with the land management
agreement.
352 Notice
of making of controlled activity orders
(1) If the planning and land authority makes a controlled activity order,
the authority must give notice of the making of the order to the
following:
(a) each person to whom the order is directed;
(b) the applicant (if any) for the order;
(c) the lessee or occupier of the place in relation to which the order
applies;
(d) the registrar-general;
(e) if the order relates to the pruning of a protected tree—the
conservator of flora and fauna;
Note For restrictions on pruning etc of
protected trees, see the Tree Protection Act 2005.
(f) anyone else whose interests the authority believes are adversely
affected by the order.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(2) To remove any doubt, if a person is given a notice under section 401
in relation to the making of a controlled activity order, the person need not be
given a separate notice under this section in relation to the making of the
order.
(3) In this section:
protected tree—see the Tree Protection Act 2005,
section 8.
353 Who
is bound by a controlled activity order?
(1) A controlled activity order binds each person to whom it is
directed.
(2) If a controlled activity order binds the lessee of the place to which
the order applies, unless the order otherwise provides, the order also binds
anyone who becomes the lessee of the place after the order is made to the same
extent as if the order had been directed to that person.
(3) If a controlled activity order binds the occupier of the place to
which the order applies, unless the order otherwise provides, the order also
binds anyone who becomes an occupier of the place after the order is made to the
same extent as if the order had been directed to that person.
354 Contravening
controlled activity orders
(1) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the planning and land authority makes a controlled activity order
directed to the person; and
(b) the order requires the person to do, or not do, something stated in
the order; and
(c) the person is given notice of the making of the order (whether by
being given a copy of the order or otherwise); and
(d) the person contravenes the order.
Maximum penalty: the amount stated in schedule 2, column 3 in relation to
the activity for which the order was made.
Note A territory authority is not liable to be prosecuted for an
offence against this section (see Legislation Act, s 121).
(2) An offence against this section is a strict liability
offence.
355 Notice
of appeal against controlled activity orders
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a person complains about conduct under part 11.2; and
(b) because of the complaint, or investigations arising from the
complaint, the authority makes a controlled activity order directed to a person
(the directed person); and
(c) the directed person appeals to the AAT for review of the decision to
make the order.
(2) The planning and land authority must tell the complainant in writing
about the appeal.
356 Ending
controlled activity orders
(1) A controlled activity order operates until it is revoked or ends in
accordance with the order.
(2) A person who is bound by a controlled activity order other than an
ongoing controlled activity order may, in writing, apply to the planning and
land authority for the revocation of the order.
(3) The application must state the grounds on which the revocation of the
controlled activity order is sought.
(4) The planning and land authority may revoke the controlled activity
order if satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that the order is no longer necessary
or appropriate.
357 Notice
ending controlled activity orders
(1) If a controlled activity order ends otherwise than by being revoked,
the planning and land authority must give written notice of the ending of the
order to the registrar-general.
(2) If the planning and land authority revokes a controlled activity
order, the authority must give written notice of the revocation to each person
given notice of the making of the order under section 352
(1).
Part
11.4 Rectification
work
Note to pt 11.4
An authorised person, and anyone assisting the authorised person, must take
reasonable steps to minimise damage when exercising a function under this
chapter (see s 406). The Territory may be liable to pay compensation for any
damage caused (see s 407).
In this part:
authorised person—see section 361 (1).
rectification work—
(a) means—
(i) work in relation to a place where a controlled activity is being
conducted to ensure compliance with the development approval for the activity;
or
(ii) the conduct of an activity required under a controlled activity order
that was not carried out within the period stated in the order; and
(b) in relation to an authorised person—means the rectification work
the authorised person is authorised to carry out.
359 Direction
to carry out rectification work
(1) The planning and land authority may direct 1 or more of the following
to carry out rectification work in relation to a controlled activity:
(a) the lessee or occupier of a place where the activity was or is being
conducted;
(b) anyone by whom or on whose behalf the activity was or is being
conducted.
(2) The planning and land authority must give notice of the direction
to—
(a) the person who is required to comply with the direction; and
(b) if different from the person mentioned in paragraph (a)—the
lessee or occupier of the place to which the direction applies.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(3) The notice must state—
(a) that it is a direction under this Act made by the planning and land
authority; and
(b) the person who is required to comply with the direction; and
(c) the place in relation to which the direction applies; and
(d) the rectification work required; and
(e) the grounds on which the direction is given; and
(f) that the rectification work must be completed not later than
5 working days after the day the notice is given to the person or any
longer period stated in the notice.
(4) The notice must also contain a statement to the effect that, if the
rectification work is not completed by the end of the period required by the
notice—
(a) the planning and land authority may authorise someone else to carry
out the work; and
(b) the reasonable cost of carrying out the work is a debt to the
Territory by the person who is required to comply with the direction.
(5) This section applies whether or not a proceeding for an offence
against this chapter has been begun or is about to begin.
360 Contravening
direction to carry out rectification work
(1) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the planning and land authority directs the person to carry out
rectification work in relation to a controlled activity; and
(b) the person is given notice of the direction; and
(c) the person contravenes the direction.
Maximum penalty: 60 penalty units.
Note A territory authority is not liable to be prosecuted for an
offence against this section (see Legislation Act, s 121).
(2) An offence against this section is a strict liability
offence.
361 Authorisation
to carry out rectification work
(1) The planning and land authority may authorise a person
(an authorised person) to enter the place to which a
direction under section 359 (Direction to carry out rectification work) applies
to carry out the rectification work required by the notice under that section if
the work is not completed by the end of the period stated in the
notice.
(2) However, the planning and land authority must not give the
authorisation—
(a) until the end of the period for making an application to the AAT for
the review of the decision to make the order to which the rectification work
relates; or
(b) if an application is made to the AAT for review of the decision to
make the order to which the rectification work relates—unless the decision
is upheld or the application is withdrawn.
362 Obligation
and powers of authorised people
(1) An authorised person must carry out rectification work in accordance
with the directions of an inspector.
(2) The authorised person may do anything required to carry out the
rectification work including, for example, the following:
(a) construction work;
(b) alteration;
(c) demolition;
(d) remove earth, fixtures and construction material;
(e) remove anything else, like car bodies, vegetation and machinery, that
has to be removed to clean up a leasehold.
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(3) Anything removed from premises to carry out rectification
work—
(a) is not required to be returned; and
(b) may be disposed of.
363 Rectification
work by authorised people—entry with consent
An authorised person may enter the place where the rectification work is to
be carried out only with the consent of an occupier.
364 Liability
for cost of rectification work
The person who is required to comply with a direction under
section 359 (Direction to carry out rectification work) must pay to the
Territory the reasonable cost of any rectification work carried out by an
authorised person to which the direction related.
Note An amount owing under a law may be recovered as a debt in a
court of competent jurisdiction (see Legislation Act, s 177).
365 Criteria
for deferral of rectification work costs
(1) The planning and land authority may, in writing, determine
circumstances when the payment of all or part of the cost of rectification work
carried out by an authorised person on a lessee’s leasehold may be
deferred by the lessee.
(2) A determination is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
366 Application
for deferral of rectification work costs
(1) A lessee who is required to pay the cost of rectification work carried
out on the lessee’s leasehold may, in writing, apply to the planning and
land authority for the deferment of payment of all or part of the cost of the
rectification work.
(2) The application must state the grounds for the application.
367 Deferral
of rectification work costs
(1) The planning and land authority may, in writing, declare that all or
part of the cost of rectification work payable by a lessee is deferred if
satisfied that a circumstance determined under section 365 (1) exists in
relation to the lessee.
Note Interest is payable on the deferred amount, see s
368.
(2) The planning and land authority may make a declaration under
subsection (1) on its own initiative or on application under
section 366.
(3) The declaration must state—
(a) the leasehold to which the declaration relates; and
(b) the amount of the cost of the rectification work deferred.
368 Security
for deferred rectification work costs
(1) The planning and land authority must—
(a) lodge a copy of a declaration under section 367 with the
registrar-general for registration under the Land Titles Act 1925;
and
(b) give a copy of the declaration to the lessee of the leasehold to which
the declaration relates and anyone else who has an interest in the
leasehold.
(2) For the Land Titles Act 1925, section 104 (1) (Lodging of
caveat), the Territory is taken to be a person claiming an interest in the
leasehold to which the declaration relates.
(3) The registration under the Land Titles Act 1925 of the copy of
a declaration under section 367 creates a charge over the leasehold to which the
declaration relates for—
(a) the amount stated in the declaration; and
(b) interest on the amount calculated on a daily basis at the interest
rate applying from time to time under the Taxation Administration Act
1999, section 26 (Interest rate).
369 Payment
of deferred rectification work costs
(1) If the full amount of the charge mentioned in section 368 (3) is paid
to the Territory, the planning and land authority must—
(a) revoke the declaration to which the charge relates; and
(b) lodge a copy of the revocation with the registrar-general for
registration under the Land Titles Act 1925; and
(c) give a copy of the revocation to the lessee of the charged leasehold
and anyone else who has an interest in the leasehold.
(2) The charge is discharged on the registration under the Land Titles
Act 1925 of the copy of the revocation of the declaration.
(3) The lessees of a charged leasehold are liable separately and together
for the payment to the Territory of the full amount of the charge.
(4) A registered charge under this section does not give a power of sale
over the leasehold to which it relates.
Part
11.5 Prohibition
notices
370 Giving
prohibition notices
(1) This section applies if the planning and land authority believes, on
reasonable grounds, that the giving of a notice under this section
(a prohibition notice) is necessary—
(a) to prevent an entity starting, or continuing, to undertake prohibited
development; or
(b) to prevent an entity from continuing to undertake development
if—
(i) the entity has started to undertake the development; and
(ii) the development requires development approval; and
(iii) there is no development approval for the development; or
(c) to prevent an entity from continuing to undertake development other
than in accordance with the conditions of a development approval
if—
(i) the entity has started to undertake a development; and
(ii) there is development approval for the development; and
(iii) the development undertaken is not in accordance with the conditions
of the development approval.
(2) Also, this section applies to an activity under subsection (1) whether
or not—
(a) a controlled activity order has been made, or is proposed to be made,
in relation to the activity; or
(b) a proceeding for an offence against this chapter in relation to the
activity has begun or is about to begin.
(3) The planning and land authority may give a prohibition notice to
1 or both of the following:
(a) the lessee or occupier of a place to which the activity mentioned in
subsection (1) relates;
(b) anyone by whom or on whose behalf the activity—
(i) was, is being, or is to be, conducted; or
(ii) is likely to be conducted.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(4) The prohibition notice must state—
(a) that it is a prohibition notice under this Act; and
(b) each person to whom it is directed; and
(c) that the notice takes effect when it is given to a person to whom it
is directed; and
(d) the grounds on which the notice is given; and
(e) the activity, and the place, in relation to which the notice applies;
and
(f) that the activity—
(i) must not be carried on by the person; or
(ii) must not be carried on by the person except in accordance with the
notice; and
(g) when the notice ends (including, for example, on the happening of an
event stated in the notice).
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(5) A prohibition notice takes effect when it is given to a person to whom
it is directed.
(6) To remove any doubt, 2 or more prohibition notices may be given in
relation to the same activity.
371 Contravening
prohibition notices
(1) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the planning and land authority gives a prohibition notice to the
person; and
(b) the notice is directed to the person; and
(c) the notice states that an activity must not be carried on by the
person in relation to a place; and
(d) the person carries on the activity in relation to the place.
Maximum penalty: 60 penalty units.
Note A territory authority is not liable to be prosecuted for an
offence against this section (see Legislation Act, s 121).
(2) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the planning and land authority gives a prohibition notice to the
person; and
(b) the notice is directed to the person; and
(c) the notice states that an activity must not be carried on by the
person in relation to a place except in accordance with the notice;
and
(d) the person carries on the activity in relation to the place otherwise
than in accordance with the notice.
Maximum penalty: 60 penalty units.
(3) An offence against this section is a strict liability
offence.
372 Ending
prohibition notices
(1) A prohibition notice remains in force until it ends in accordance with
this section.
(2) A prohibition notice ends on the earlier of the following:
(a) the notice ends in accordance with the notice;
(b) the notice is revoked.
373 Application
for revocation of prohibition notices
(1) A person to whom a prohibition notice is directed may, in writing,
apply to the planning and land authority for the revocation of the
notice.
(2) The application must state the grounds on which the revocation of the
prohibition notice is sought.
(3) The planning and land authority may revoke the prohibition notice if
satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that the notice is no longer necessary or
appropriate.
Part
11.6 Injunctions, terminations and
ending leases and licences
374 Injunctions
to restrain contravention of controlled activity orders and prohibition
notices
(1) This section applies if a person (the relevant person)
has engaged, is engaging, or proposes to engage, in conduct that was, is, or
would be, a contravention of a controlled activity order or prohibition
notice.
(2) The planning and land authority or anyone else may apply to the
Supreme Court for an injunction.
(3) On application under subsection (2), the Supreme Court may grant an
injunction—
(a) restraining the relevant person from engaging in the conduct;
and
(b) if satisfied that it is desirable to do so—requiring the
relevant person to do anything.
(4) The Supreme Court may grant an injunction restraining a relevant
person from engaging in conduct of a particular kind—
(a) if satisfied that the person has engaged in conduct of that kind,
whether or not it appears to the court that the person intends to engage again,
or to continue to engage, in conduct of that kind; or
(b) if it appears to the court that, if an injunction is not granted, it
is likely the person will engage in conduct of that kind, whether or not the
person has previously engaged in conduct of that kind and whether or not there
is an imminent danger of substantial damage to someone else if the person
engages in conduct of that kind.
(5) This section applies whether or not a proceeding for an offence
against this chapter has begun or is about to begin.
375 Termination
of leases
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a lessee contravenes this chapter or the lease; and
(b) the planning and land authority has complied with section 377 in
relation to the lessee.
(2) The planning and land authority may, by written notice (a
termination notice) given to the lessee, terminate the
lease.
Note For how documents may be given, see the Legislation Act,
pt 19.5.
(3) A termination notice takes effect 10 working days after the day the
notice is given.
(4) At the same time as, or as soon as practicable after, the termination
notice is given to the lessee, the planning and land authority must give a copy
of the termination notice to—
(a) the registrar-general; and
(b) any person having an interest in the land comprised in the lease that
is registered under the Land Titles Act 1925.
(5) The validity of the termination of a lease is not affected by a
failure to comply with subsection (4).
376 Termination
of licences
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a person who occupies territory land under a licence from the
Commonwealth or the Territory contravenes this chapter or the licence;
and
(b) the planning and land authority has complied with section 377 in
relation to the licensee.
(2) The planning and land authority may, by written notice given to the
licensee, terminate the licence.
(3) A notice under subsection (2) takes effect 5 working days after the
day the notice is served.
377 Notice
of termination
The planning and land authority must not terminate a lease or a licence
under this part unless it has—
(a) by written notice given to the lessee or licensee—
(i) informed the lessee or licensee that it is considering terminating the
lease or licence; and
(ii) stated the grounds on which it is considering taking that action;
and
(iii) invited the lessee or licensee to tell the authority in writing not
later than 15 working days after the day the lessee or licensee receives the
notice why the lessee or licensee considers that the lease or licence should not
be terminated; and
(b) for the termination of a lease—given a copy of the notice under
paragraph (a) to each person with a registered interest in the lease;
and
(c) taken into account any reasons for not terminating the lease or
licence given to the authority by the lessee or licensee in accordance with the
notice served on the lessee or licensee under paragraph (a).
Part
11.7 Controlled
activities—miscellaneous
(1) A person (the first person) commits an offence if the
first person causes or threatens to cause a detriment to someone else (the
other person) because—
(a) the other person has made—
(i) a complaint under part 11.2; or
(ii) an application for a controlled activity order under part 11.3;
or
(b) the first person believes that the other person intends to do
something mentioned in paragraph (a).
Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units, imprisonment for 6 months or
both.
(2) A person commits an offence if the person threatens or intimidates
someone else with the intention of causing the other person—
(a) not to make—
(i) a complaint under part 11.2; or
(ii) an application under part 11.3; or
(b) to withdraw a complaint made under part 11.2.
Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units, imprisonment for 6 months or
both.
Notes to ch 12
Fees may be determined under s 415 for provisions of this
chapter.
If a form is approved under s 416 for a provision
of this chapter, the form must be used.
Under this chapter, applications may be made, and notice may be given,
electronically in certain circumstances (see the Electronic Transactions Act
2001).
In this chapter:
connected—a thing is connected with an
offence if—
(a) the offence has been committed in relation to it; or
(b) it will provide evidence of the commission of the offence;
or
(c) it was used, is being used, or is intended to be used, to commit the
offence.
occupier, of premises, includes—
(a) a person believed, on reasonable grounds, to be an occupier of the
premises; and
(b) a person apparently in charge of the premises.
offence includes an offence that there are reasonable grounds
for believing has been, is being, or will be, committed.
premises includes land.
380 Appointment
of inspectors
The planning and land authority may appoint a person as an inspector for
this part.
Note 1 For the making of appointments (including acting
appointments), see the Legislation Act, div 19.3.
Note 2 In particular, a person may be appointed for a particular
provision of a law (see Legislation Act, s 7 (3)) and an appointment may be made
by naming a person or nominating the occupant of a position (see
s 207).
(1) The planning and land authority must give a person appointed as an
inspector an identity card stating the person’s name and that the person
is an inspector.
(2) The identity card must show—
(a) a recent photograph of the person; and
(b) the card’s date of issue and expiry; and
(c) anything else prescribed by regulation.
(3) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person stops being an inspector; and
(b) the person does not return the person’s identity card to the
planning and land authority as soon as practicable, but no later than 5 working
days after the day the person stops being an inspector.
Maximum penalty: 1 penalty unit.
(4) An offence against this section is a strict liability
offence.
Part
12.3 Powers of
inspectors
Note to pt 12.3
An inspector, and anyone assisting the inspector, must take reasonable
steps to minimise damage when exercising a function under this chapter (see s
406). The Territory may be liable to pay compensation for any damage caused
(see s 407).
382 Power
to enter premises
(1) For this Act, an inspector may—
(a) at any reasonable time, enter premises that the public is entitled to
use or that are open to the public (whether or not on payment of money);
or
(b) at any time, enter premises with the occupier’s consent;
or
(c) enter premises in accordance with a search warrant.
(2) However, subsection (1) (a) does not authorise entry into a part of
premises that is being used only for residential purposes.
(3) An inspector may, without the consent of the occupier of premises,
enter land around the premises to ask for consent to enter the
premises.
(4) To remove any doubt—
(a) an inspector may enter premises under subsection (1) without payment
of an entry fee or other charge; and
(b) for subsection (3), it does not matter whether someone is on the
premises or not when the inspector makes the announcement.
383 Production
of identity card
An inspector must not remain at premises entered under this part if the
inspector does not produce his or her identity card when asked by the
occupier.
(1) When seeking the consent of an occupier of premises to enter premises
under section 382 (1) (b), an inspector must—
(a) produce his or her identity card; and
(b) tell the occupier—
(i) the purpose of the entry; and
(ii) that the inspector has the power to seize things; and
(iii) that anything found and seized under this part may be used in
evidence in court; and
(iv) that consent may be refused.
(2) If the occupier consents, the inspector must ask the occupier to sign
a written acknowledgment (an acknowledgment of
consent)—
(a) that the occupier was told—
(i) the purpose of the entry; and
(ii) that anything found and seized under this part may be used in
evidence in court; and
(iii) that consent may be refused; and
(b) that the occupier consented to the entry; and
(c) stating the time and date when consent was given.
(3) If the occupier signs an acknowledgment of consent, the inspector must
immediately give a copy to the occupier.
(4) A court must find that the occupier did not consent to entry to the
premises by the inspector under this part if—
(a) the question arises in a proceeding in the court whether the occupier
consented to the entry; and
(b) an acknowledgment of consent for the entry is not produced in
evidence; and
(c) it is not proved that the occupier consented to the entry.
385 General
powers on entry to premises
(1) An inspector who enters premises under this part may, for this Act, do
1 or more of the following in relation to the premises or anything at the
premises:
(a) inspect or examine;
(b) take measurements or conduct tests;
(c) take samples;
(d) take photographs, films, or audio, video or other
recordings;
(e) require the occupier, or anyone at the premises, to give the inspector
reasonable help to exercise a power under this part.
Note The Legislation Act, s 170 and s 171 deal with the application
of the privilege against selfincrimination and client legal privilege.
(2) A person must take all reasonable steps to comply with a requirement
made of the person under subsection (1) (e).
Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.
386 Power
to require name and address
(1) An inspector may require a person to state the person’s name and
home address if the inspector believes, on reasonable grounds, that the person
is committing or has just committed an offence against this Act.
Note A reference to an Act includes a reference to the statutory
instruments made or in force under the Act, including any regulation (see
Legislation Act, s 104).
(2) The inspector must tell the person the reason for the requirement and,
as soon as practicable, record the reason.
(3) The person may ask the inspector to produce his or her identity card
for inspection by the person.
(4) A person must comply with a requirement made of the person under
subsection (1) if the inspector—
(a) tells the person the reason for the requirement; and
(b) complies with any request made by the person under subsection
(3).
Maximum penalty: 10 penalty units.
(5) An offence against this section is a strict liability
offence.
(6) In this section:
home address, of a person, means the address of the place
where the person usually lives.
387 Power
to seize things
(1) An inspector who enters premises under this part with the
occupier’s consent may seize anything at the premises if—
(a) the inspector is satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that the thing is
connected with an offence against this Act; and
(b) seizure of the thing is consistent with the purpose of the entry told
to the occupier when seeking the occupier’s consent.
(2) An inspector who enters premises under a warrant under this part may
seize anything at the premises that the inspector is authorised to seize under
the warrant.
(3) An inspector who enters premises under this part (whether with the
occupier’s consent, under a warrant or otherwise) may seize anything at
the premises if satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that—
(a) the thing is connected with an offence against this Act; and
(b) the seizure is necessary to prevent the thing from
being—
(i) concealed, lost or destroyed; or
(ii) used to commit, continue or repeat the offence.
(4) Having seized a thing, an inspector may—
(a) remove the thing from the premises where it was seized (the
place of seizure) to another place; or
(b) leave the thing at the place of seizure but restrict access to
it.
(5) A person commits an offence if—
(a) the person interferes with a seized thing, or anything containing a
seized thing, to which access has been restricted under subsection (4);
and
(b) the person does not have an inspector’s approval to interfere
with the thing.
Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.
(6) An offence against this section is a strict liability
offence.
Part
12.4 Information
requirements
388 Information
requirements
(1) This section applies if the planning and land authority suspects on
reasonable grounds that a person—
(a) has knowledge of information (the required information)
reasonably required by the authority for the administration or enforcement of
this Act; or
(b) has possession or control of a document containing the required
information.
(2) The planning and land authority may give the person a notice
(an information requirement) requiring the person to give the
information, or produce the document, to the authority.
(3) The information requirement must be in writing and must include
details of the following:
(a) the identity of the person to whom it is given;
(b) why the information is required;
(c) the time by which the notice must be complied with;
(d) the operation of section 390.
(4) A person does not incur any civil or criminal liability only because
the person gives information, or produces a document, to the planning and land
authority in accordance with an information requirement.
389 Treatment
of documents provided under information requirement
(1) The planning and land authority must return a document produced in
accordance with an information requirement to the person who produced the
document as soon as practicable.
(2) To remove any doubt, before returning the document, the planning and
land authority may make copies of, or take extracts from, the
document.
390 Contravention
of information requirements
A person commits an offence if the person intentionally contravenes a
requirement of an information requirement.
Maximum penalty: 100 penalty units.
Note The Legislation Act, s 170 and s 171 deal with the application
of the privilege against selfincrimination and legal professional
privilege.
Part
12.5 Search
warrants
(1) An inspector may apply to a magistrate for a warrant to enter
premises.
(2) The application must be sworn and state the grounds on which the
warrant is sought.
(3) The magistrate may refuse to consider the application until the
inspector gives the magistrate all the information the magistrate requires about
the application in the way the magistrate requires.
(4) The magistrate may issue a warrant only if satisfied there are
reasonable grounds for suspecting—
(a) there is a particular thing or activity connected with an offence
against this Act; and
(b) the thing or activity—
(i) is, or is being engaged in, at the premises; or
(ii) may be, or may be engaged in, at the premises within the next 14
days.
(5) The warrant must state—
(a) that an inspector may, with any necessary assistance and force, enter
the premises and exercise the inspector’s powers under this part;
and
(b) the offence for which the warrant is issued; and
(c) the things that may be seized under the warrant; and
(d) the hours when the premises may be entered; and
(e) the date, within 14 days after the day of the warrant’s issue,
the warrant ends.
392 Warrants—application
made other than in person
(1) An inspector may apply for a warrant by phone, fax, radio or other
form of communication if the inspector considers it necessary because
of—
(a) urgent circumstances; or
(b) other special circumstances.
(2) Before applying for the warrant, the inspector must prepare an
application stating the grounds on which the warrant is sought.
(3) The inspector may apply for the warrant before the application is
sworn.
(4) After issuing the warrant, the magistrate must immediately fax a copy
to the inspector if it is practicable to do so.
(5) If it is not practicable to fax a copy to the
inspector—
(a) the magistrate must—
(i) tell the inspector the terms of the warrant; and
(ii) tell the inspector the date and time the warrant was issued;
and
(b) the inspector must complete a form of warrant (the warrant
form) and write on it—
(i) the magistrate’s name; and
(ii) the date and time the magistrate issued the warrant; and
(iii) the warrant’s terms.
(6) The faxed copy of the warrant, or the warrant form properly completed
by the inspector, authorises the entry and the exercise of the inspector’s
powers under this part.
(7) The inspector must, at the first reasonable opportunity, send to the
magistrate—
(a) the sworn application; and
(b) if the inspector completed a warrant form—the completed warrant
form.
(8) On receiving the documents, the magistrate must attach them to the
warrant.
(9) A court must find that a power exercised by the inspector was not
authorised by a warrant under this section if—
(a) the question arises in a proceeding in the court whether the exercise
of power was authorised by a warrant; and
(b) the warrant is not produced in evidence; and
(c) it is not proved that the exercise of power was authorised by a
warrant under this section.
393 Search
warrants—announcement before entry
(1) An inspector must, before anyone enters premises under a search
warrant—
(a) announce that the inspector is authorised to enter the premises;
and
(b) give anyone at the premises an opportunity to allow entry to the
premises; and
(c) if the occupier of the premises, or someone else who apparently
represents the occupier, is present at the premises—identify himself or
herself to the person.
(2) The inspector is not required to comply with subsection (1) if
the inspector believes, on reasonable grounds, that immediate entry to the
premises is required to ensure—
(a) the safety of anyone (including the inspector or any person
assisting); or
(b) that the effective execution of the warrant is not
frustrated.
394 Details
of search warrant to be given to occupier etc
If the occupier of premises, or someone else who apparently represents the
occupier, is present at the premises while a search warrant is being executed,
the inspector or a person assisting must make available to the
person—
(a) a copy of the warrant; and
(b) a document setting out the rights and obligations of the
person.
395 Occupier
entitled to be present during search etc
(1) If the occupier of premises, or someone else who apparently represents
the occupier, is present at the premises while a search warrant is being
executed, the person is entitled to observe the search being
conducted.
(2) However, the person is not entitled to observe the search
if—
(a) to do so would impede the search; or
(b) the person is under arrest, and allowing the person to observe the
search being conducted would interfere with the objectives of the
search.
(3) This section does not prevent 2 or more areas of the premises being
searched at the same time.
Part
12.6 Return and forfeiture of things
seized
396 Receipt
for things seized
(1) As soon as practicable after an inspector seizes a thing under this
part, the inspector must give a receipt for it to the person from whom it was
seized.
(2) If, for any reason, it is not practicable to comply with
subsection (1), the inspector must leave the receipt, secured
conspicuously, at the place of seizure under section 387 (Power to seize
things).
(3) A receipt under this section must include the following:
(a) a description of the thing seized;
(b) an explanation of why the thing was seized;
(c) the inspector’s name, and how to contact the
inspector;
(d) if the thing is moved from the premises where it is seized—where
the thing is to be taken.
397 Moving
things to another place for examination or processing under search
warrant
(1) A thing found at premises entered under a search warrant may be moved
to another place for examination or processing to decide whether it may be
seized under the warrant if—
(a) both of the following apply:
(i) there are reasonable grounds for believing that the thing is or
contains something to which the warrant relates;
(ii) it is significantly more practicable to do so having regard to the
timeliness and cost of examining or processing the thing at another place and
the availability of expert assistance; or
(b) the occupier of the premises agrees in writing.
(2) The thing may be moved to another place for examination or processing
for no longer than 72 hours.
(3) An inspector may apply to a magistrate for an extension of time if the
inspector believes, on reasonable grounds, that the thing cannot be examined or
processed within 72 hours.
(4) The inspector must give notice of the application to the occupier of
the premises, and the occupier is entitled to be heard on the
application.
(5) If a thing is moved to another place under this section, the inspector
must, if practicable—
(a) tell the occupier of the premises the address of the place where, and
time when, the examination or processing will be carried out; and
(b) allow the occupier or the occupier’s representative to be
present during the examination or processing.
(6) The provisions of this part relating to the issue of search warrants
apply, with any necessary changes, to the giving of an extension under this
section.
398 Access
to things seized
A person who would, apart from the seizure, be entitled to inspect a thing
seized under this part may—
(a) inspect it; and
(b) if it is a document—take extracts from it or make copies of
it.
399 Return
of things seized
(1) A thing seized under this part must be returned to its owner, or
reasonable compensation must be paid by the Territory to the owner for the loss
of the thing if—
(a) an infringement notice for an offence relating to the thing is not
served on the owner within 1 year after the day of the seizure
and—
(i) a prosecution for an offence relating to the thing is not begun within
the 1-year period; or
(ii) a prosecution for an offence relating to the thing is begun within
the 1-year period but the court does not find the offence proved; or
(b) an infringement notice for an offence relating to the thing is served
on the owner within 1 year after the day of the seizure, the infringement notice
is withdrawn and—
(i) a prosecution for an offence relating to the thing is not begun within
the 1-year period; or
(ii) a prosecution for an offence relating to the thing is so begun but
the court does not find the offence proved; or
(c) an infringement notice for an offence relating to the thing is served
on the owner and not withdrawn within 1 year after the day of the seizure,
liability for the offence is disputed in accordance with the Magistrates
Court Act 1930, section 132 and—
(i) an information is not laid in the Magistrates Court against the person
for the offence within 60 days after the day notice is given under that section
that liability is disputed; or
(ii) an information is laid in the Magistrates Court against the person
for the offence within the 60-day period, but the Magistrates Court does not
find the offence proved.
(2) If anything seized under this part is not required to be returned or
reasonable compensation is not required to be paid under subsection (1),
the thing—
(a) is forfeited to the Territory; and
(b) may be sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed of as the chief planning
executive directs.
Chapter
13 Review of
decisions
Notes to ch 13
Fees may be determined under s 415 for provisions of this
chapter.
If a form is approved under s 416 for a provision
of this chapter, the form must be used.
Under this chapter, applications may be made, and notice may be given,
electronically in certain circumstances (see the Electronic Transactions Act
2001).
In this chapter:
decision-maker, for a reviewable decision—each person
mentioned in schedule 1, column 3 in relation to a reviewable decision is a
decision-maker for the decision.
eligible entity, for a reviewable decision—each entity
mentioned in schedule 1, column 4 in relation to a reviewable decision is an
eligible entity for the decision.
interested person, for a reviewable decision, means a person
mentioned in schedule 1, column 5 for the decision.
reviewable decision—each decision mentioned in schedule
1, column 2 is a reviewable decision.
(1) An eligible person for a reviewable decision may apply to the AAT for
review of the decision.
(2) If a decision-maker makes a reviewable decision, the decision-maker
must give written notice to—
(a) each eligible person for the decision; and
(b) each interested person for the decision.
(3) The notice under subsection (2) must comply with the requirements of
the code of practice in force under the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act
1989, section 25B (1).
402 AAT
review—people who made representations etc
(1) This section applies to a reviewable decision in relation to a
development application if the person applying to the AAT for review is not the
applicant for the development application.
(2) The application for review must be made not later than 4 weeks after
the day the reviewable decision is made.
(3) The period for making the application for review may not be extended
under the Administrative Appeals Tribunal Act 1989.
403 Challenge
to validity of Ministerial decisions on development
applications
(1) The validity of a decision made by the Minister under section 158
(Deciding development applications) may not be questioned in any legal
proceeding other than a proceeding begun not later than 28 days after the
date of the decision.
(2) In this section:
legal proceeding does not include an application to
the administrative appeals tribunal.
Notes to ch 14
Fees may be determined under s 415 for provisions of this
chapter.
If a form is approved under s 416 for a provision
of this chapter, the form must be used.
Under this chapter, applications may be made, and notice may be given,
electronically in certain circumstances (see the Electronic Transactions Act
2001).
404 Restrictions
on public availability—comments, applications, representations and
proposals
(1) This section applies to—
(a) a person who makes consultation comments on a draft plan variation;
or
(b) an applicant for development approval; or
(c) a person who makes a representation about a development application;
or
(d) a person who makes a representation about a draft EIS; or
(e) the proponent of a development proposal who gives the planning and
land authority a revised EIS under section 214.
(2) In this section:
relevant document means—
(a) in relation to a person who makes consultation comments on a draft
plan variation—the consultation comments; or
(b) in relation to an applicant for development approval—the
application for development approval; or
(c) in relation to a person who makes a representation about a development
application—the representation; or
(d) in relation to a person who makes a representation about a draft
EIS—the representation; or
(e) in relation to the proponent of a development proposal who gives the
planning and land authority a revised EIS under section 214—the
EIS.
(3) A person to whom this section applies may apply (by exclusion
application) in writing to the planning and land authority for part of
the relevant document to be excluded from being made available for public
inspection.
(4) The planning and land authority may approve or refuse to approve the
exclusion application.
(5) However, the planning and land authority must not approve the
exclusion application unless satisfied that the part of the relevant document to
which the exclusion application relates contains information—
(a) the publication of which would disclose a trade secret; or
(b) the publication of which would, or could reasonably be expected
to—
(i) endanger the life or physical safety of any person; or
(ii) lead to damage to, or theft of, property.
(6) If the planning and land authority approves an exclusion application
in relation to part of the relevant document, the part must not be made
available to the public.
(7) If part of the relevant document is excluded from copies of the
relevant document made available for public inspection, each copy must include a
statement to the effect that an unmentioned part of the relevant document has
been excluded to protect the confidentiality of information included in the
part.
405 Restrictions
on public availability—security
(1) This section applies if a justice minister certifies in writing given
to the planning and land authority that the publication of part (the
concerning part) of a relevant document might—
(a) jeopardise national security; or
(b) expose staff of a security organisation to risk of injury;
or
(c) expose the public to risk of injury; or
(d) expose property to risk of damage.
(2) The concerning part of the relevant document must not be made
available to the public.
(3) Each copy of the relevant document made public must include a
statement to the effect that an unmentioned part of the document has been
excluded under this section.
(4) For this section, something jeopardises national security
if it jeopardises the operations of a security organisation.
(5) In this section:
justice minister means—
(a) the Minister responsible for the administration of justice;
or
(b) the Commonwealth Attorney-General.
relevant document—each of the following is a
relevant document:
(a) consultation comments on a draft plan variation;
(b) an application for development approval;
(c) a representation about a development application;
(d) a representation about a draft EIS;
(e) an EIS.
security organisation—each of the following is a
security organisation:
(a) the Australian Federal Police;
(b) the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation;
(c) the Australian Secret Intelligence Service;
(d) the police force or service of a State;
(e) an entity established under a law of a State to conduct criminal
investigations or inquiries;
(f) any other entity prescribed by regulation.
406 Damage
etc to be minimised
(1) In this section:
function means—
(a) for an authorised person—a function under chapter 11;
or
(b) for an inspector—a function under chapter 12.
official means—
(a) an authorised person; or
(b) an inspector.
(2) In the exercise, or purported exercise, by an official of a function,
the official must take all reasonable steps to ensure that the official, and any
person assisting the official, causes as little inconvenience, detriment and
damage as practicable.
(3) If an official, or person assisting an official, damages anything in
the exercise or purported exercise of a function, the official must give written
notice of the particulars of the damage to the person the official believes, on
reasonable grounds, is the owner of the thing.
(4) If the damage happens at premises entered under chapter 12 in the
absence of the occupier, the notice may be given by leaving it, secured
conspicuously, at the premises.
407 Compensation
for exercise of enforcement powers
(1) A person may claim compensation from the Territory if the person
suffers loss or expense because of the exercise, or purported exercise, of a
function by an official or person assisting an official.
(2) Compensation may be claimed and ordered—
(a) in a proceeding for compensation brought in a court of competent
jurisdiction; or
(b) in a proceeding for an offence against this Act brought against the
person making the claim for compensation.
(3) A court may order the payment of reasonable compensation for the loss
or expense only if satisfied it is just to make the order in the circumstances
of the particular case.
(4) A regulation may prescribe matters that may, must or must not be taken
into account by the court in considering whether it is just to make the
order.
Examples of what may be
prescribed
1 compensation is not payable for actions of authorised people that are
unavoidable, like demolishing an unlawful structure if the rectification notice
requires the demolition
2 compensation is payable if the damage is reasonably avoidable, like the
accidental breaking of a window
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(5) In this section:
function—see section 406 (1).
official—see section 406 (1).
408 Evidence
of ending of lease
(1) The planning and land authority may certify in writing that a lease
mentioned in the certificate has ended.
(2) The certificate is evidence of the matter it states.
409 Rights
to extract minerals
(1) The planning and land authority may, by a lease or licence, grant a
person the right to extract minerals from stated territory land.
(2) The provisions of the lease or licence are the provisions agreed
between the parties.
(1) In this section:
court includes a tribunal, authority or person having power
to require the production of documents or the answering of questions.
divulge includes communicate.
person to whom this section applies means a person
who—
(a) is or has been—
(i) the chief planning executive; or
(ii) a member of staff of the planning and land authority; or
(iii) a member of the staff of the commission; or
(b) exercises, or has exercised, a function under this Act.
produce includes allow access to.
protected information means information about a person that
is disclosed to, or obtained by, a person to whom this section applies because
of the exercise of a function under this Act by the person or someone
else.
(2) A person to whom this section applies commits an offence
if—
(a) the person—
(i) makes a record of protected information about someone else;
and
(ii) is reckless about whether the information is protected information
about someone else; or
(b) the person—
(i) does something that divulges protected information about someone else;
and
(ii) is reckless about whether—
(A) the information is protected information about someone else;
and
(B) doing the thing would result in the information being divulged to
someone else.
Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units, imprisonment for 6 months or
both.
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply if the record is made, or the
information is divulged—
(a) under this Act or another territory law; or
(b) in relation to the exercise of a function, as a person to whom this
section applies, under this Act or another territory law; or
(c) in a court proceeding.
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply to the divulging of protected
information about someone with the person’s consent.
411 Meaning
of material detriment—Act
(1) In this Act:
material detriment, in relation to land—an entity
suffers material detriment in relation to land because of a
decision if—
(a) the decision has, or is likely to have, an adverse impact on the
entity’s use or enjoyment of the land; or
(b) for an entity that has objects or purposes—the decision relates
to a matter included in the entity’s objects or purposes.
(2) However, an entity does not suffer material detriment in relation to
land because of a decision only because the decision increases, or is likely to
increase, direct or indirect competition with a business of the entity or an
associate of the entity.
Note 1 Associate—see dict.
Note 2 Material detriment is used in sch 1.
412 Ministerial
guidelines
(1) The Minister may approve guidelines for the exercise of any power by
the Minister under this Act.
(2) The Minister may, but need not, consider advice from the planning and
land authority before approving guidelines.
(3) Guidelines are a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
413 Expiry
of notifiable instruments
(1) This section applies to a notifiable instrument under any of the
following provisions:
• section 62
• section 67
• section 69
• section 75
• section 81
• section 83
• section 101.
(2) If the notifiable instrument does not state when the instrument
expires, the instrument expires 6 months after the day it is notified.
414 Declaration
of authority website
(1) The Minister may declare a website to be the planning and land
authority website.
(2) A declaration is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
415 Determination
of fees
(1) The Minister may, in writing, determine fees for this Act.
Note The Legislation Act contains provisions about the
making of determinations and regulations relating to fees (see pt
6.3).
(2) A determination is a disallowable instrument.
Note A disallowable instrument must be notified, and
presented to the Legislative Assembly, under the Legislation Act.
(1) The planning and land authority may, in writing, approve forms for
this Act.
(2) If the planning and land authority approves a form for a particular
purpose, the approved form must be used for that purpose.
Note For other provisions about forms, see the Legislation Act, s
255.
(3) An approved form is a notifiable instrument.
Note A notifiable instrument must be notified under the Legislation
Act.
417 Regulation-making
power
(1) The Executive may make regulations for this Act.
Note Regulations must be notified, and presented to the Legislative
Assembly, under the Legislation Act.
(2) A regulation may make provision in relation to the
following:
(a) environmental impact statements;
(b) if this Act does not prescribe when a development approval takes
effect—when the development approval takes effect;
(c) the list of consultants for section 206;
(d) inquiry panels;
(e) planning reports;
(f) strategic environmental assessments.
Examples of what may be prescribed for par
(c)
1 selection process for experts to be inquiry panel members
2 establishment of register of experts for inquiry panels
3 appointment of chair for inquiry panel
4 procedures for dealing with absences or departures from inquiry
panels
5 procedures for running inquiry panels, including the quorum, holding of
hearings, conflict of interest and decision-making
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(3) A regulation may also prescribe offences for contraventions of the
regulations and prescribe maximum penalties of not more than 10 penalty
units for offences against a regulation.
Part
15.1 Transitional—general
In this chapter:
commencement day means the day this Act commences.
repealed Act means the Land (Planning and Environment)
Act 1991.
(1) The following legislation is repealed:
(a) the Land (Planning and Environment) Act 1991
A1991-100;
(b) the Land (Planning and Environment) (Bushfire Emergency) Regulation
2003 SL2003-4;
(c) the Land (Planning and Environment) Regulation 1992
SL1992-5;
(d) the Magistrates Court (Land Planning and Environment Infringement
Notices) Regulation 2003 SL2003-27;
(e) the Planning and Land Act 2002 A2002-55;
(f) the Planning and Land Regulation 2003 SL2003-16.
(2) All other legislative instruments under the Land (Planning and
Environment) Act 1991 are repealed.
420 Transitional
regulations
(1) A regulation may prescribe transitional matters necessary or
convenient to be prescribed because of the enactment of the Planning and
Development (Consequential Amendments) Act 2007 or this Act.
(2) A regulation may modify this chapter to make provision in relation to
anything that, in the Executive’s opinion, is not, or is not adequately or
appropriately, dealt with in this chapter.
(3) A regulation under subsection (2) has effect despite anything
elsewhere in this Act.
421 Transitional
effect—Legislation Act, s 88
This chapter is a law to which the Legislation Act, section 88 (Repeal does
not end effect of transitional laws etc) applies.
This chapter expires 2 years after commencement day.
Part
15.2 Transitional—territory
plan
423 Transitional—territory
plan
(1) The planning and land authority must, in consultation with the
national capital authority and the public, prepare the territory plan.
Note 1 For what is required for community consultation, see s
424.
Note 2 For requirement to report on consultation with national
capital authority, see s 425.
Note 3 The territory plan is a notifiable instrument (see s 46
(1)).
(2) The Legislative Assembly may, by motion, approve the territory plan as
notified under the Legislation Act.
(3) The approved territory plan commences—
(a) if it is approved on or before commencement day—on the
commencement day; or
(b) if it is approved after commencement day—the day after it is
approved.
(4) To remove any doubt, in subsection (1), consultation
includes consultation occurring before the commencement of this
section.
(5) In this section:
commencement day means the day section 45 (Territory plan)
commences.
424 Transitional—public
consultation on territory plan
(1) For section 423, the planning and land authority prepares a territory
plan in consultation with the public if, as part of developing the territory
plan, the authority—
(a) publishes an outline of the proposed territory plan; and
(b) conducts information sessions about the proposed territory plan;
and
(c) gives public notice that written comments may be made on the proposed
territory plan with a stated time; and
(d) considers any comments provided in accordance with the
notice.
Note Consultation includes consultation occurring before the
commencement of s 423 (see s 423 (4)).
(2) To remove any doubt, subsection (1) does not limit the ways the
planning and land authority may consult the public about the territory
plan.
425 Transitional—consultation
with national capital authority
(1) The planning and land authority must give a written report to the
Executive about the authority’s consultation with the national capital
authority under section 423.
Note Consultation includes consultation occurring before the
commencement of s 423 (see s 423 (4)).
(2) The report must include the views expressed by the national capital
authority.
426 Variations
begun but not notified under repealed Act
(1) This section applies if, before commencement day—
(a) the planning and land authority prepares a plan variation under the
repealed Act, section 15 (Preparation of plan variations); and
(b) in preparing the draft plan variation, the authority complies with the
following provisions of the repealed Act:
(i) section 16 (Consultation with conservator); and
(ii) section 17 (Consultation with heritage council); and
(iii) section 18 (Environmental reports and inquiries); and
(c) the authority complies with the repealed Act, section 20 (Consultation
with national capital authority) in relation to the draft plan variation;
and
(d) the authority tells the Minister in writing about the draft plan
variation; and
(e) the authority consults with, and considers any advice given by, the
environment protection authority; and
(f) the draft plan variation has not been publicly notified under the
repealed Act.
(2) Each of the following applies in relation to the draft plan
variation:
(a) the draft plan variation is taken to be a draft plan variation under
this Act;
(b) the planning and land authority is taken to have complied with this
Act, section 60 (Consultation etc about draft plan variations being prepared) in
relation to the draft plan variation.
427 Draft
plan variations publicly notified under repealed Act
(1) This section applies if, before commencement day—
(a) the planning and land authority prepares a plan variation under the
repealed Act, section 15 (Preparation of plan variations); and
(b) in preparing the draft plan variation, the authority complies with the
following provisions of the repealed Act:
(i) section 16 (Consultation with conservator); and
(ii) section 17 (Consultation with heritage council); and
(iii) section 18 (Environmental reports and inquiries); and
(c) the authority complies with the repealed Act, section 20 (Consultation
with national capital authority) in relation to the draft plan variation;
and
(d) the authority tells the Minister in writing about the draft plan
variation; and
(e) the authority consults with, and considers any advice given by, the
environment protection authority; and
(f) the authority prepares a notice (the consultation
notice) under the repealed Act, section 19 (Public
consultation—notification) in relation to the draft plan variation;
and
(g) the consultation notice complies with the repealed Act,
section 19A (Public consultation—notice of interim effect etc);
and
(h) the authority complies with the repealed Act, section 19B (Public
consultation—availability of draft plan variation etc) and section 21
(Public inspection of comments) in relation to the draft plan variation;
and
(i) the draft plan variation is not—
(i) withdrawn under the repealed Act, section 22 (Revision, deferral or
withdrawal of draft plan variations); or
(ii) submitted to the Minister under the repealed Act, section 24
(Submission of draft plan variation to Minister).
(2) Each of the following applies in relation to the draft plan
variation:
(a) the draft plan variation is taken to be a draft plan variation under
this Act;
(b) the planning and land authority is taken to have complied with this
Act, section 60 (Consultation etc about draft plan variations being prepared) in
relation to the draft plan variation;
(c) the draft plan variation is taken to have been publicly notified under
this Act, section 62 (Public consultation—notification);
(d) the consultation notice is taken to be a consultation notice under
section 62 that complies with the requirements of this Act, section 63
(Public consultation—notice of interim effect etc);
(e) if the consultation notice states that the draft plan variation has
interim effect, the draft plan variation has interim effect in accordance with
the consultation notice and this Act, section 64 (Effect of draft plan
variations publicly notified).
428 Draft
plan variation revised etc under repealed Act
(1) This section applies if, before commencement day—
(a) the planning and land authority prepares a plan variation under the
repealed Act, section 15 (Preparation of plan variations); and
(b) in preparing the draft plan variation, the authority complies with the
following provisions of the repealed Act:
(i) section 16 (Consultation with conservator); and
(ii) section 17 (Consultation with heritage council); and
(iii) section 18 (Environmental reports and inquiries); and
(c) the authority complies with the repealed Act, section 20 (Consultation
with national capital authority) in relation to the draft plan variation;
and
(d) the authority tells the Minister in writing about the draft plan
variation; and
(e) the authority consults with, and considers any advice given by, the
environment protection authority; and
(f) the authority prepares a notice (the consultation
notice) under the repealed Act, section 19 (Public
consultation—notification) in relation to the draft plan variation;
and
(g) the consultation notice complies with the repealed Act, section 19A
(Public consultation—notice of interim effect etc); and
(h) the authority complies with the repealed Act, section 19B (Public
consultation—availability of draft plan variation etc) and section 21
(Public inspection of comments) in relation to the draft plan variation;
and
(i) the draft plan variation is revised under the repealed Act, section 22
(Revision, deferral or withdrawal of draft plan variations); and
(j) the draft plan variation is not submitted to the Minister under the
repealed Act, section 24 (Submission of draft plan variation to
Minister).
(2) Each of the following applies in relation to the draft plan
variation:
(a) the draft plan variation is taken to be a draft plan variation under
this Act;
(b) the planning and land authority is taken to have complied with this
Act, section 60 (Consultation etc about draft plan variations being prepared) in
relation to the draft plan variation;
(c) the draft plan variation is taken to have been publicly notified under
this Act, section 62 (Public consultation—notification);
(d) the consultation notice is taken to be a consultation notice under
section 62 that complies with the requirements of this Act, section 63
(Public consultation—notice of interim effect etc);
(e) the draft plan variation is taken to have been revised under this Act,
section 67 (Revision and withdrawal of draft plan variations).
Part
15.3 Development and development
applications
429 Transitional—meaning
of development—Act
To remove any doubt, the definition of development in
section 7 applies in relation to a lease, whether granted before or after
the commencement of this Act.
430 Transitional—applications
lodged before commencement day
(1) This section applies if—
(a) before commencement day, a person applied for approval under the
repealed Act, section 226 (Application to undertake development); and
(b) immediately before commencement day, the planning and land authority
had not decided the application.
(2) The repealed Act continues to apply in relation to the application
despite its repeal.
(3) If the application is approved, the approval is taken to be a
development approval under this Act.
431 Transitional—application
to apply in relation to use for otherwise prohibited
development
(1) This section applies to a development proposal in relation to a use of
land, or a building or structure on the land, if—
(a) the use was authorised immediately before commencement day
by—
(i) the repealed Act, section 175 (Use of land for leased purpose);
or
(ii) a lease granted or varied under the repealed Act; but
(b) on or after commencement day, the use, including beginning or changing
to the use, is a prohibited development.
Note A reference to an Act includes a reference to the statutory
instruments made or in force under the Act, including any regulation (see
Legislation Act, s 104).
(2) Despite section 133 (Development proposals for prohibited
development)—
(a) a person may apply to the planning and land authority under chapter 7
(Development approvals) for development approval for the proposal; and
(b) the proposal is taken not to be prohibited development; and
(c) the impact track applies to the proposal.
(3) The right to make an application under subsection (2) in relation to
the use of land, or a building or structure on the land, is not affected only
because 1 or more of the following apply in relation to the use:
(a) the use is not continuous;
(b) if the use was authorised under a lease (the affected
lease)—
(i) someone deals with the affected lease;
(ii) a further lease is granted for the affected lease on application
under section 246, whether the grant happens immediately after the expiry of the
affected lease or otherwise.
(4) However, if the use was authorised under a lease, the right to make an
application under subsection (2) in relation to the use of land, or a building
or structure on the land, ends if—
(a) the lease expires and no application is made under section 246
for a further lease; or
Note A person may apply for the grant of a further lease not later
than 6 months after the expiry of the affected lease.
(b) the lease is surrendered (other than under section 246) or
terminated.
(5) In this section:
deal with a lease—see section 226.
432 Transitional—approvals
in force before commencement
(1) This section applies if, immediately before commencement day, a person
had an approval under the repealed Act, part 6 (Approvals and orders).
(2) The approval—
(a) continues in force until the time when, under the repealed Act, it
would have ended; and
(b) may be extended once under the repealed Act as if the repealed Act
were still in force if the application for the extension is
made—
(i) before the approval expires; and
(ii) not later than 6 months after commencement day.
433 Transitional—approvals
in force with uncommenced extension
(1) This section applies if, immediately before commencement
day—
(a) a person had an approval under the repealed Act, part 6 (Approvals and
orders); and
(b) an extension of the approval had been granted but had not
commenced.
(2) The approval—
(a) continues in force under the repealed Act, as if the repealed Act had
not been repealed; and
(b) ends at the end of the period for which the approval was extended
under the repealed Act before commencement day.
434 Extended
meaning of development approval—s 193
In section 193:
development approval includes an approval under the repealed
Act, part 6 (Approvals and orders) that is continued in force under this
chapter.
Part
15.4 Transitional—existing
rights to use land, buildings and structures
435 Existing
rights to use land etc not affected
(1) This section applies if, immediately before commencement
day—
(a) a person had a right to use land, or a building or structure on the
land, in a way; and
(b) the person’s right to use the land, building or structure was
authorised by—
(i) the repealed Act, section 175 (Use of land for leased purpose);
or
(ii) a lease granted or varied under the repealed Act; or
(iii) a licence granted under the repealed Act; or
(iv) a permit granted under the Roads and Public
Places Act 1937.
Note A reference to an Act includes a reference to the statutory
instruments made or in force under the Act, including a regulation or the
territory plan (see Legislation Act, s 104).
(2) This section also applies if—
(a) before commencement day—
(i) a person had a right to use land, or a building or structure on the
land; and
(ii) the right to use the land, building or structure was authorised by a
lease (the old lease); and
(iii) the old lease expired; and
(b) the person applies for the grant of a further lease from the old lease
under section 246; and
(c) section 246 applies to the person’s application because of
section 442.
(3) The use of the land, building or structure in the way authorised is
lawful, despite any other provision of this Act.
(4) However, this section is subject to section 436 and section
436.
(1) To remove any doubt, if a use of land, or a building or structure on
the land, is lawful because of section 435—
(a) a person need not apply for development approval—
(i) to continue, or begin, to use the land, building or structure in the
way authorised; or
(ii) to change the use of the land, building or structure to the use
authorised; and
(b) the right to use the land, building or structure in the way authorised
does not end only because 1 or more of the following apply in relation to the
use:
(i) the use is not continuous;
(ii) someone deals with the lease (the affected lease) that
authorises the use;
(iii) a further lease is granted for the affected lease on application
under section 246, whether the grant happens immediately after the expiry of the
affected lease or otherwise.
(2) However, the right to use the land, building or structure in the way
authorised stops being lawful if—
(a) if the use of the land, building or structure was authorised by a
lease (the affected lease)—
(i) the affected lease expires and no application is made under
section 246 for a further lease; or
Note A person may apply for the grant of a further lease not later
than 6 months after the expiry of the affected lease.
(ii) the affected lease is surrendered (other than under section 246)
or terminated; or
(b) if the use is authorised by a licence under the repealed Act or a
permit under the Roads and Public Places Act 1937—the licence or
permit ends—
(i) whether on expiry or otherwise; and
(ii) even if renewed.
(3) In this section:
authorised, in relation to use, means authorised in a way
mentioned in section 435 (1) (b).
deal with a lease—see section 226.
437 Transitional—existing
rights to use land if use involves construction etc
(1) The use of land, or a building or structure on the land, in the way
authorised is not lawful under section 435 if—
(a) after commencement day—
(i) a building, or structure on the land, is constructed, altered or
demolished; or
(ii) earthworks or other construction work is carried out on the land;
and
(b) the construction, alteration, demolition or work—
(i) is associated with the use; and
(ii) is not exempt from requiring development approval.
(2) In this section:
authorised, in relation to use, means authorised in a way
mentioned in section 435 (1) (b).
438 Transitional—use
of lease
(1) This section applies to a lease if, immediately before commencement
day—
(a) the lease was in force; and
(b) a use (the prescribed use) was—
(i) prescribed under the repealed Act, section 175 (3) (a) and authorised
by a development approval under the repealed Act; or
(ii) prescribed under the repealed Act,
section 175 (3) (b).
(2) The land comprised in the lease, or a building or structure on the
land, may be used for the prescribed use.
(3) The right to use the land comprised in the lease, or a building or
structure on the land, under subsection (2) is not affected only because 1 or
more of the following apply in relation to the use:
(a) the use is not continuous;
(b) someone deals with the lease;
(c) a further lease is granted for the lease on application under section
246, whether the grant happens immediately after the expiry of the affected
lease or otherwise.
(4) However, the right to use the land comprised in the lease, or a
building or structure on the land, under subsection (2) ends if—
(a) the lease expires and no application is made under section 246
for a further lease; or
Note A person may apply for the grant of a further lease not later
than 6 months after the expiry of the affected lease.
(b) the lease is surrendered (other than under section 246) or
terminated.
(5) The right to use the land, building or structure under subsection (2)
is taken to be authorised by section 240.
(6) In this section:
deal with a lease—see section 226.
Part
15.5 Transitional—leases and
licences
439 Transitional—community
leases
(1) To remove any doubt, after commencement day, a person may deal with a
lease granted under the repealed Act, section 163 (Leases to community
organisations) with the consent of the planning and land authority under this
Act, section 257 (Restrictions on dealings with concessional leases).
(2) In this section:
deal with a lease—see section 226.
440 Transitional—special
leases—s 244
(1) Section 244 also applies to a lease (a special lease)
granted under the repealed Act, section 164 (Special leases).
(2) The planning and land authority must not consent under
section 244 (4) to a person dealing with a special lease unless
satisfied that the person to whom it is proposed that the lease should be
assigned or transferred or the person to whom it is proposed that possession of
the land should be given—
(a) is a person who, if the lease were being granted, could have been
granted the lease in accordance with the repealed Act, section 164 as in force
immediately before commencement day; and
(b) can satisfactorily continue to operate the lease for a purpose
authorised by the lease.
(3) For a special lease, the restricted period under section
244 (4) is 5 years after the date the lease is granted.
(4) In this section:
deal with a lease—see section 244 (4).
441 Transitional—Leases
Act 1918 leases—s 244
(1) Section 244 also applies to a lease (an old lease)
granted under the Leases Act 1918, as in force at any time.
(2) The planning and land authority must not consent under
section 244 (4) to a person dealing with an old lease unless satisfied
that the person to whom it is proposed that the lease should be assigned or
transferred or the person to whom it is proposed that possession of the land
should be given—
(a) either—
(i) is a person who, if the lease were being granted, could have been
granted the lease in accordance with the Leases Act 1918 (repealed);
or
(ii) could be granted a lease under section 231 (1) (d) for the same
purpose as, or a purpose similar to, the purpose under the old lease;
and
Note A lease must not be granted under s
231 (1) (d) if the criteria under s 233 are not satisfied.
(b) can satisfactorily continue to operate the lease for a purpose
authorised by the lease.
(3) For an old lease, the restricted period under section
244 (4) is the term of the lease.
(4) In this section:
deal with a lease—see section 244 (4).
442 Transitional—extended
application of s 246
Section 246 also applies to a person (the lessee) who held a
lease (the old lease) under the repealed Act if—
(a) the old lease expired before commencement day; and
(b) the lessee applies to the planning and land authority for the grant of
a further lease of the land; and
(c) the old lease expired not more than 6 months before the application
for the grant of a further lease; and
(d) if the old lease is not a residential lease—all rent due under
the old lease is paid; and
(e) the criteria (if any) prescribed by regulation for section 246 are
satisfied.
443 Transitional—extended
application of s 268
(1) Section 268 also applies to a lease granted under the repealed Act,
section 164 (Special leases).
(2) This section is a law to which the Legislation Act, section 88 (Repeal
does not end effect of transitional laws etc) applies.
444 Transitional—extended
application of s 277
Section 277 also applies to—
(a) a rural lease granted under the repealed Act, section 161 (Granting of
leases) after 15 December 1999 for consideration less than the market value of
the lease; and
(b) a lease granted under the repealed Act, section 171A (Grant of further
rural leases) after 15 December 1999 on the payment of an amount worked out on
the application of an amount condition mentioned in the repealed Act, section
171A (3) (a).
445 Transitional—effect
of s 242
To remove any doubt, section 242 (No right to use, flow and control of
water) does not apply in relation to leases or further leases granted before 11
December 1998.
446 Transitional—status
of leases and licences
(1) This section applies to a lease or licence—
(a) granted or continued, or purported to have been granted or continued
under the repealed Act; and
(b) in force immediately before commencement day.
(2) Subject to section 447, the lease or licence is taken, on and after
commencement day, to have been granted under this Act.
447 Transitional—continued
application of certain repealed Acts and provisions
(1) The Australian National University (Leases) Act 1967 (repealed)
continues to apply in relation to a lease—
(a) granted under, or continued in force by, that Act; and
(b) in force immediately before commencement day.
(2) The Canberra College of Advanced Education (Leases) Act 1977
(repealed) continues to apply in relation to a lease—
(a) granted under that Act; and
(b) in force immediately before commencement day.
(3) However, for subsection (2), the Canberra College of Advanced
Education (Leases) Act 1977 (repealed), section 5 is taken to apply as if
that section had been amended by omitting ‘in perpetuity’.
(4) The Church Lands Leases Act 1924 (repealed), sections 5, 6, 8
and 10 continue to apply in relation to a lease—
(a) granted under that Act; and
(b) in force immediately before commencement day.
(5) In a continuing lease, a reference to improvements is a
reference to improvements other than improvements by way of clearing, draining,
grading, filling, excavating or levelling made by the Territory or the
Commonwealth or the cost of which the Territory or the Commonwealth has
paid.
(6) The following sections of the City Area Leases Act 1936
(repealed), continue to apply:
(a) so far as the section relates to a continuing lease in which provision
is made for the land comprised in the lease to be used for a purpose mentioned
in that Act, section 8A (1)—section 8A;
(b) so far as the section relates to a variation of a continuing lease in
relation to which notice under that Act, section 18A of that Act was given
before commencement day—section 18B;
(c) so far as section 22 relates to a continuing lease in relation to
which notice under the section was given before commencement day—section
22;
(d) so far as the section relates to a continuing lease mentioned in that
Act, section 28A (1)—section 28A;
(e) so far as the section relates to a continuing lease mentioned in that
Act, section 28DA (1)—section 28DA;
(f) so far as the section relates to a sublease mentioned in that Act,
section 30A (2) and in force immediately before 2 April
1992—section 30A.
(7) Despite the repeal of the Leases (Special Purposes) Act 1925,
that Act, sections 5AC, 5AD, 5A and 5B continue to apply in relation to a
lease—
(a) granted under that Act, section 3 (2) as in force immediately before
11 May 1989; and
(b) in force immediately before commencement day.
(8) The Leases (Special Purposes) Act 1925 (repealed), section 5BA
(6) continues to apply in relation to a lease—
(a) granted under that Act; and
(b) in force immediately before commencement day.
(9) In this section:
continuing lease means a lease granted or continued, or
purported to have been granted or continued, under the City Area Leases
Act 1936 and to which this Act, section 446 applies.
(10) Subsections (1) to (9) are laws to which the Legislation Act,
section 88 (Repeal does not end effect of transitional laws etc)
applies.
(11) This section expires on commencement day.
448 Transitional—applications
for certain grants decided promptly
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a person applies for the grant of a lease under the repealed Act,
section 161 (Granting of leases), section 163 (Leases to community
organisations) or section 164 (Special leases); and
(b) immediately before commencement day, the planning and land authority
has not decided the application; and
(c) not more than 6 months have passed since commencement day.
(2) The application may be decided under the repealed Act as if the
repealed Act had not been repealed.
(3) However, if a lease is granted on the application, for this chapter,
the lease is taken to have been granted immediately before commencement
day.
449 Transitional—applications
for certain grants decided after 6 months
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a person applies for the grant of a lease under the repealed Act,
section 161 (Granting of leases), section 163 (Leases to community
organisations) or section 164 (Special leases); and
(b) immediately before commencement day, the planning and land authority
has not decided the application; and
(c) more than 6 months have passed since commencement day.
(2) The application is taken to have been made under this Act.
(3) If the application complied with the repealed Act when made, the
application is taken to have been made in accordance with this Act.
450 Transitional—applications
for licences decided promptly
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a person applies for a licence under the repealed Act; and
(b) immediately before commencement day, the planning and land authority
has not decided the application; and
(c) not more than 6 months have passed since commencement day.
(2) The application may be decided under the repealed Act as if the
repealed Act had not been repealed.
(3) However, if a licence is granted on the application, for this chapter,
the licence is taken to have been granted immediately before commencement
day.
451 Transitional—applications
for licence decided after 6 months
(1) This section applies if—
(a) a person applies for a licence under the repealed Act; and
(b) immediately before commencement day, the planning and land authority
has not decided the application; and
(c) more than 6 months have passed since commencement day.
(2) The application is taken to have been made under this Act.
(3) If the application complied with the repealed Act when made, the
application is taken to have been made in accordance with this
Act.
Part
15.6 Transitional—controlled
activities
452 Transitional—meaning
of construction occupations licensee in s 338 (4)
In section 338 (4):
construction occupations licensee, in relation to conduct,
includes a person who was a registered construction practitioner under the
Construction Practitioners Registration Act 1998 when the conduct
happened.
453 Transitional—certain
controlled activities
A reference in schedule 2, item 4 to having a building or structure that
was constructed without approval required by this Act, chapter 7
(Development approvals) includes a reference to having a building or structure
that was constructed without approval required by—
(a) the Land (Planning and Environment) Act 1991, division 6.2
(Approvals) as in force at any time; or
(b) the Buildings (Design and Siting) Act 1964 as in force at any
time.
Part
15.7 Transitional—administrative
454 Transitional—chief
planning executive
(1) This section applies to a person who, immediately before commencement
day, was the chief planning executive under the Planning and Development Act
2002.
(2) The person is taken to be the chief planning executive under this
Act.
455 Transitional—land
agency board members
(1) This section applies if, immediately before commencement day, a person
is the chair, deputy chair, CEO or other member of the land agency board under
the Planning and Development Act 2002.
Note The CEO is a member of the governing board because of the
Financial Management Act 1996, s 80 (2).
(2) The person continues to be the chair, deputy chair, CEO or other
member of the land agency board under this Act.
456 Transitional—inspectors
(1) This section applies to a person—
(a) appointed as an inspector under the repealed Act, section 263;
and
(b) who was an inspector immediately before commencement day.
(2) The person is taken to have been appointed as an inspector under this
Act, section 380.
Schedule
1 Reviewable decisions, eligible
entities and interested people
(see s 400)
column 1
item
|
column 2
reviewable decision
|
column 3
decision-maker
|
column 4
eligible entities
|
column 5
interested people
|
1
|
decision under s 138 (4) to refuse to extend the period within which
further information must be provided
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant for extension of time
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application
|
2
|
decision under s 158 to approve a development application in the code
track subject to conditions
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application
|
3
|
decision under s 158 to approve a development application in the merit
track subject to a condition or to refuse to approve the application, to the
extent that the decision—
(a) is subject to a code requirement and does not comply with the
requirement; or
(b) is not subject to a code requirement
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application
|
4
|
decision under s 158 to approve a development application in the merit
track, whether subject to a condition or otherwise—
(a) if—
(i) the application was required to be notified under s 150 and s 152,
whether or not it was also required to be notified under s 151; and
(ii) the application is not exempted by regulation; and
(b) to the extent that the decision—
(i) is subject to a code requirement and does not comply with the
requirement; or
(ii) is not subject to a code requirement
|
planning and land authority
|
an entity if—
(a) the entity made a representation under s 153 about the proposal or
had a reasonable excuse for not making a representation; and
(b) the approval of the development application may cause the entity to
suffer material detriment
|
the approval-holder
|
5
|
decision under s 158 to approve a development application in the
impact track subject to a condition, or to refuse to approve the
application
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant
|
person who made a representation under s 153 in relation to the
application
|
6
|
decision under s 158 to approve a development application in the
impact track, whether subject to a condition or otherwise, unless the
application is exempted by regulation
|
planning and land authority
|
an entity if—
(a) the entity made a representation under s 153 about the proposal or
had a reasonable excuse for not making a representation; and
(b) the approval of the development application may cause the entity to
suffer material detriment
|
the approval-holder
|
7
|
decision of entity required, under condition on development approval, to be
satisfied in relation to carrying out of development or stage of development
(see s 160 (3) (a))
|
entity whose satisfaction required by condition on development
approval
|
approval holder
|
planning and land authority
|
8
|
decision under s 160 (5) to refuse to approve an amendment of a plan,
drawing or other document approved in accordance with a condition of a
development approval
|
planning and land authority
|
approval holder
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application for development approval
|
9
|
decision under s 179 (3) to refuse to extend the prescribed period for
finishing development or stage of development
|
planning and land authority
|
approval holder
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application for the development approval
|
10
|
decision under s 183 to revoke development approval
|
planning and land authority
|
approval holder of approval revoked
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application for the development approval
|
11
|
decision under s 187 (1) (b) (i) on reconsideration to
approve application subject to condition
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant for reconsideration
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application the approval of which was reconsidered
|
12
|
decision under s 187 (1) (b) (i) on
reconsideration
|
planning and land authority
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application the decision on which was reconsidered
|
applicant for reconsideration
|
13
|
decision under s 187 (1) (b) (ii) to confirm original
decision on reconsideration
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant for reconsideration
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application the approval of which was reconsidered
|
14
|
decision under s 192 to refuse to amend development approval
|
planning and land authority
|
approval holder
|
person who made representation under s 153 in relation to the
application for development approval
|
15
|
decision under s 231 to refuse to grant a lease to a person by direct
grant
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant for grant of lease
|
|
16
|
decision under s 243 (2) to end person’s right to be granted a
lease
|
planning and land authority
|
person whose right is ended
|
|
17
|
decision under s 245 to refuse to consent to a dealing with a
lease
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
18
|
decision under s 246 to refuse to grant a further lease
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant for grant of further lease
|
|
19
|
decision under s 249 or s (4) that a lease is, or is not, a
concessional lease
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
20
|
decision under s 255 about the payout amount for a concessional
lease
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
21
|
decision under s 258 to refuse to consent to a dealing with a
lease
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
22
|
decision under s 260 to confirm variation of rent after
review
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
23
|
decision under s 260 to set aside variation and substitute another
variation of rent after review
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
24
|
decision under s 264 adjusting rent after reappraisal
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
25
|
decision under s 266 (1) (d) about amount payable for variation to
reduce rent payable under lease to nominal rent
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
26
|
decision under s 270 about the amount of change of use charge for
variation of lease
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
27
|
decision under s 271 about amount of remission of change of use charge
for variation of lease
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
28
|
decision under s 272 about the amount of an increase of change of use
charge for variation of lease
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
29
|
decision under s 288 (2) about market value of improvements on
land
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
30
|
decision under s 289 (1) to refuse to issue a certificate of
compliance
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
31
|
decision under s 289 (2) to issue certificate of compliance stating
that building and development provision has been partly complied with
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
32
|
decision under s 289 (2) to issue a certificate of compliance subject
to condition that lessee provide security
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
33
|
decision under s 289 (2) to refuse to issue a certificate of
compliance
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
34
|
decision under s 292 to refuse to consent to the assignment or
transfer of a lease or interest in a lease
|
planning and land authority
|
lessee
|
|
35
|
decision under s 293 to refuse to authorise payment of prescribed
amount for surrendered or terminated lease
|
planning and land authority
|
person surrendering lease or whose lease is terminated
|
|
36
|
decision under s 294 (2) to refuse to accept the surrender of a lease,
or part of land comprised in lease
|
planning and land authority
|
person surrendering lease or part of land comprised in lease
|
|
37
|
decision under s 294 (2) to accept the surrender of a lease, or part
of land comprised in lease, subject to a condition
|
planning and land authority
|
person surrendering lease or part of land comprised in lease
|
|
38
|
decision under s 344 to make a controlled activity order other than
the order applied for
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant for controlled activity order
|
|
39
|
decision under s 344 to refuse to make a controlled activity
order
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant for controlled activity order
|
|
40
|
decision under s 344 to make a controlled activity order
|
planning and land authority
|
person against whom order directed
lessee of land to which order relates
occupier of land to which order relates
|
|
41
|
decision under s 348 to make a controlled activity order
|
planning and land authority
|
person against whom order directed
lessee of land to which order relates
occupier of land to which order relates
|
|
42
|
decision under s 356 (4) to refuse to revoke a controlled activity
order
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant for revocation
lessee of land to which order relates
occupier of land to which order relates
|
|
43
|
decision under s 370 (3) to give a prohibition notice
|
planning and land authority
|
person against whom notice directed
lessee of land to which notice relates
occupier of land to which notice relates
|
|
44
|
decision under s 373 (3) to refuse to revoke a prohibition
notice
|
planning and land authority
|
applicant for revocation
lessee of land to which notice relates
occupier of land to which notice relates
|
|
45
|
decision under s 375 to terminate a lease
|
planning and land authority
|
person whose lease is terminated
|
|
46
|
decision under s 376 to terminate a licence
|
planning and land authority
|
person whose licence is terminated
|
|
47
|
decision under s 409 to refuse to grant a right to extract
minerals
|
planning and land authority
|
person applying for grant of right
|
|
Schedule
2 Controlled
activities
(see s 332)
column 1
item
|
column 2
controlled activities
|
column 3
penalty
|
1
|
failing to comply with—
(a) a lease; or
(b) if a lease is granted subject to the lessee entering into a
development agreement and the lessee has entered into such an
agreement—the development agreement
|
60 penalty units
|
2
|
failing to keep a leasehold clean
|
60 penalty units
|
3
|
undertaking a development for which development approval is required other
than in accordance with a development approval
|
60 penalty units
|
4
|
having a building or structure that was constructed without approval
required by this Act, chapter 7 (Development approvals)
|
60 penalty units
|
5
|
using unleased territory land in a way that is not authorised by a licence
under this Act or permit under the Roads and Public Places Act
1937
|
60 penalty units
|
6
|
managing land held under a rural lease other than in accordance with the
land management agreement that applies to it
|
60 penalty units
|
7
|
failing to enter into a land management agreement as required under section
279
|
60 penalty units
|
Schedule
3 Management objectives for public
land
(see s 309)
column 1
item
|
column 2
reserve
|
column 3
management objectives
|
1
|
wilderness area
|
1 to conserve the natural environment in a manner ensuring that disturbance
to that environment is minimal
|
|
|
2 to provide for the use of the area (other than by vehicles or other
mechanised equipment) for recreation by limited numbers of people, so as to
ensure that opportunities for solitude are provided
|
2
|
national park
|
1 to conserve the natural environment
|
|
|
2 to provide for public use of the area for recreation, education and
research
|
3
|
nature reserve
|
1 to conserve the natural environment
|
|
|
2 to provide for public use of the area for recreation, education and
research
|
4
|
special purpose reserve
|
1 to provide for public and community use of the area for recreation and
education
|
5
|
urban open space
|
1 to provide for public and community use of the area
|
|
|
2 to develop the area for public and community use
|
6
|
cemetery or burial ground
|
1 to provide for the interment or cremation of human remains and the
interment of the ashes of human remains
|
7
|
protection of water supply
|
1 to protect existing and future domestic water supply
2 to conserve the natural environment
3 to provide for public use of the area for education, research and
low-impact recreation
|
8
|
lake
|
1 to prevent and control floods by providing a reservoir to receive flows
from rivers, creeks and urban run-offs
|
|
|
2 to prevent and control pollution of waterways
|
|
|
3 to provide for public use of the lake for recreation
|
|
|
4 to provide a habitat for fauna and flora
|
9
|
sport and recreation reserve
|
1 to provide for public and community use of the area for sport and
recreation
|
Note Natural environment—see s 311.
Schedule
4 Development proposals in impact
track because of need for EIS
(see s 122 (b))
Part
4.1 Interpretation—sch
4
In this schedule:
biodiversity corridor means a river corridor or wildlife
corridor identified in the territory plan or in a nature conservation strategy,
or action plan, under the Nature Conservation Act 1980.
clearing, of native vegetation—see the Nature
Conservation Act 1980, section 74.
correctional centre—see the Corrections Management
Act 2006, dictionary.
Corrections Management Act 2006—see the Crimes
(Sentence Administration) Act 2005, section 603.
domestic water supply catchment means a domestic water supply
catchment identified in the territory plan.
ecological community—see the Nature Conservation Act
1980, dictionary.
endangered—see the Nature Conservation Act 1980,
dictionary.
flora and fauna committee means the Flora and Fauna Committee
established under the Nature Conservation Act 1980, section 13.
major road means a road with physically separated
carriageways, which has at least 4 lanes (in either direction) and is at least
1km long.
municipal waste—
(a) means—
(i) domestic waste left for kerbside collection or taken directly to a
waste station or transfer station; and
(ii) waste produced from maintaining the environment, for example, from
street cleaning, emptying public rubbish bins and cleaning parks; but
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
(b) does not include sewage.
native vegetation—see the Nature Conservation Act
1980, section 73.
protected—a species is protected if the
species is a protected fish, protected invertebrate, protected native animal or
protected native plant under the Nature Conservation Act 1980.
regulated waste—see the Environment Protection Act
1997, schedule 1, section 1.1A.
special protection status, in relation to a species—see
the Nature Conservation Act 1980, dictionary.
threatening process means a process declared to be a
threatening process under the Nature Conservation Act 1980, section 38
(4).
vulnerable, in relation to a species—see the Nature
Conservation Act 1980, dictionary.
water sensitive urban design means a design in accordance
with a water sensitive urban code in the territory plan.
Part
4.2 Development proposals requiring
EIS—activities
column 1
item
|
column 2
development proposal
|
1
|
proposal for a linear transport system corridor (for example, construction
of new corridor or realignment outside existing corridor) intended to result in
a major road, bus way, railway, light rail or tramway, and that is likely to
have a significant impact on air quality or ambient noise or cause a significant
level of vibration, significant visual intrusion or significant impact on a
residential area
Note An example is part of the Act, is not exhaustive and may
extend, but does not limit, the meaning of the provision in which it appears
(see Legislation Act, s 126 and s 132).
|
2
|
proposal for electricity generation works or distribution corridor,
including a proposal including all or any of the following:
(a) transmission line corridor construction, or realignment works, outside
an existing corridor that are intended to carry transmission lines with a
voltage of 132kV or more;
(b) a hydroelectric facility that requires a new dam, weir or inter-valley
transfer of water and that will generate 1 megawatt or more of electrical
power;
(c) a wind farm that will consist of 5 or more turbines or will generate
5 megawatts or more of electrical power;
(d) an electricity generating station that will supply 30 megawatts or
more of electrical power;
(e) an electricity generating station if the temperature of water released
from the station into a body of water (other than an artificial body of water)
is likely to vary by more than 2oC from the ambient temperature of
the receiving water
|
3
|
proposal for construction of a dam that will—
(a) be at least 10m high, with a storage capacity of at least
20 000m3; or
(b) be at least 5m high, with a storage capacity of at least
50 000m3
|
4
|
proposal for construction of an airport or facility for the landing, taking
off or parking of planes or helicopters, including a terminal or building for
the parking, servicing, maintenance of aircraft, or another area for the
maintenance of installations at the airport or facility or movement of aircraft
or equipment used at the airport or facility
|
5
|
proposal for construction of a sewage treatment plant (other than a septic
tank that services residential premises), or sewer reticulation system, designed
to service a residential subdivision that—
(a) will be able to process more than 2 500 people equivalent capacity or
750kL each day; or
(b) will have capacity to store more than 1kt of sewage, sludge or
effluent; or
(c) will incinerate sewage or sewage products; or
(d) is to be within 100m of a body of water, whether natural or
artificial, waterway or wetland; or
(e) is to be in an area with a high watertable, highly permeable soils,
sodic soils or saline soils; or
(f) is to be in a domestic water supply catchment; or
(g) is to be within 2km of a residential zone and, taking into
consideration the topography and local weather conditions, is likely to
significantly affect the amenity of the neighbourhood because of noise, odour,
dust, vermin attracted, lights, traffic or waste
|
6
|
proposal for construction of a correctional centre
|
7
|
proposal for construction of a petroleum storage facility with a storage
capacity greater than 500kL of petroleum products at 1 time
|
8
|
proposal for construction of a permanent public entertainment or sporting
venue, including a motor sports facility or venue where motor sports are held,
if the venue will—
(a) hold at least 2 000 people; or
(b) hold less than 2 000 people and be within 1.5km of a residential
zone
|
9
|
proposal for use of land for landfill if—
(a) the intended capacity of the land is more than 5kt each year, or 20kt
in total; or
(b) the landfill will be—
(i) within 100m of a body of water (whether natural or artificial),
waterway or wetland; or
(ii) in an area with a high watertable, highly permeable soils, sodic
soils or saline soils; or
(iii) in a domestic water supply catchment; or
(iv) within 2km of a residential zone and, taking into consideration the
topography and local weather conditions, is likely to significantly affect the
amenity of the neighbourhood because of noise, odour, dust, vermin attracted,
lights, traffic or waste
|
10
|
proposal for the construction of a waste management facility
for—
(a) the destruction of waste, including biological, veterinary, medical,
clinical, dental, quarantine and municipal waste, by incineration (that is,
thermal oxidation); or
(b) the sterilisation of clinical waste; or
(c) the storage, treatment, disposal, processing, recycling, recovery, use
or reuse of regulated waste
|
11
|
proposal for a transfer station or material recycling facility that sorts,
consolidates or temporarily stores solid waste (including municipal waste) for
transfer to another site for disposal, storage, reprocessing, recycling, use or
reuse, that—
(a) is intended to handle more than 30kt of waste each year; or
(b) is to be within 100m of a body of water (whether natural or
artificial), waterway or wetland; or
(c) is to be within 2km of a residential zone and, taking into
consideration the topography and local weather conditions, is likely to
significantly affect the amenity of the neighbourhood because of noise, odour,
dust, vermin attracted, lights or traffic
|
12
|
proposal for construction of a wastewater treatment plant that will have a
capacity to reuse more than 3ML of wastewater (including effluent but excluding
stormwater) each year and is to be—
(a) within 100m of a body of water (whether natural or artificial),
waterway or wetland; or
(b) in an area with a high watertable or highly permeable soils;
or
(c) in a domestic water supply catchment; or
(d) within 2km of a residential zone and, taking into consideration the
topography and local weather conditions, is likely to significantly affect the
amenity of the neighbourhood because of noise, odour, dust, vermin attracted,
lights, traffic or waste
|
Part
4.3 Development proposals requiring
EIS—areas and processes
column 1
item
|
column 2
proposal
|
1
|
proposal that is likely to adversely impact on the conservation status
of—
(a) a species or ecological community that is endangered; or
(b) a species that is vulnerable; or
(c) a species that is protected; or
(d) a species with special protection status; or
(e) a species or ecological community if the flora and fauna committee has
specified criteria for assessing whether the committee should recommend the
making of a declaration under the Nature Conservation Act 1980,
section 38 (Declaration of species, community or process) in relation to
the species or ecological community; or
Note Criteria are specified under the Nature Conservation
Act 1980, s 35. An instrument under that Act, s 35 is a disallowable
instrument and must be notified, and presented to the Legislative Assembly,
under the Legislation Act.
(f) an endangered species, an endangered population, an endangered
ecological community, a critically endangered species, a critically endangered
ecological community or presumed extinct under the Threatened Species
Conservation Act 1995 (NSW), if the potential impact of the proposal
will be on the species or community in New South Wales
|
2
|
proposal that is likely to contribute to a threatening process in relation
to a species or an ecological community
|
3
|
proposal involving—
(a) the clearing of more than 0.5ha of native vegetation; or
(b) the clearing of native vegetation if the clearing could have a
significant impact on land identified in a nature conservation strategy, or
action plan, under the Nature Conservation Act 1980 or a biodiversity
corridor
|
4
|
proposal with the potential to have a significant impact on the management
objectives for land reserved under section 309 for the purpose of a wilderness
area, national park, nature reserve or special purpose reserve
|
5
|
proposal with the potential to have a significant impact
on—
(a) a domestic water supply catchment; or
(b) a water use purpose mentioned in the territory plan, appendix 1 (Water
use and catchment policies); or
(c) a prescribed environmental value mentioned in the territory plan,
appendix 1 of a natural waterway or aquifer
|
6
|
proposal that is likely to result in environmentally significant water
extraction or consumption, other than a proposal for the use of a stormwater
system or other wastewater reuse scheme that is part of a residential
subdivision and is a water sensitive urban design
|
7
|
proposal with the potential to have a significant impact on the heritage
significance of a place or object registered, or nominated for provisional
registration, under the Heritage Act 2004
|
8
|
proposal involving—
(a) land registered in the register of contaminated sites kept under the
Environment Protection Act 1997; or
(b) land potentially contaminated in a way that is causing, or is likely
to cause, a significant risk of harm to people’s health or the
environment
|
9
|
proposal with the potential to adversely affect the integrity of a site
where significant environmental or ecological scientific research is being
conducted by a government entity, a university or another entity prescribed by
regulation
|
10
|
proposal for an on-going commercial, aquatic, recreational activity on an
urban lake or waterway
|
11
|
proposal to vary a lease to change its concessional status
|
Note A development application for a development proposal must
include an EIS in relation to the proposal if the impact track applies to it
because of a declaration under s 124 (Declaration by Public Health Act Minister
affects assessment track).
(see s 3)
Note 1 The Legislation Act contains definitions and other provisions
relevant to this Act.
Note 2 For example, the Legislation Act, dict, pt 1, defines the
following terms:
• AAT
• appoint
• commissioner for
surveys
• conservator of flora and
fauna
• contravene
• corporation
• document
• domestic partner (see s 169
(1))
• emergency services
authority
• entity
• environment protection
authority
• Executive
• exercise
• function
• may (see s 146)
• month
• must (see s 146)
• national capital
authority
• national capital plan
• person
• quarter
• registered surveyor
• registrar-general
• territory land
• the Territory
• under.
Aboriginal object—see the Heritage Act 2004,
section 9.
Aboriginal place—see the Heritage Act 2004,
section 9.
act includes omission.
additional rent means amounts payable under a lease in
addition to rent owed under the lease because rent or other amounts owing under
the lease have not been paid as required.
approval holder means a person whose application for
development approval has been approved (whether subject to a condition or
otherwise) if the approval is in force.
associate, of a person, means—
(a) the person’s business partner; or
(b) a close friend of the person; or
(c) a family member of the person.
associated document, for part 3.6 (Public register and
associated documents)—see section 29.
authorised person, for part 11.4 (Rectification
work)—see section 361 (1).
authority means the Planning and Land Authority established
under section 9 (1).
authority website means the website declared under section
414.
background papers, for part 5.3 (Variations of territory plan
other than technical amendments)—see section 57.
biodiversity corridor, for schedule 4 (Development proposals
in impact track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4, section
4.1.
building and development provision, for chapter 9 (Leases and
licences)—see section 226.
certificate of compliance means a certificate issued under
section 289.
certification of occupancy means a certificate issued under
the Building Act 2004, section 69.
change of use charge, for a variation of a lease, means the
change of use charge for the lease worked out under section 270.
chief executive officer means the chief executive officer of
the land agency.
chief planning executive means the Chief Planning Executive
appointed under section 20.
clearing, of native vegetation, for schedule 4 (Development
proposals in impact track because of need for EIS)—see the Nature
Conservation Act 1980, section 74.
code means a code in the territory plan.
code requirements—see section 54.
code track—see section 111 (2) (a).
Note Div 7.2.2 deals with the code track.
code variation, for part 5.4 (Plan variations—technical
amendments)—see section 86 (b).
complainant—see section 334 (1) (b).
complaint, for chapter 11 (Compliance), means a complaint
under section 334.
completed, for an EIS—see section 203.
concept plan means a concept plan under section 92.
concessional lease—see section 227.
connected, for part 11.8 (Enforcement)—see section
379.
conservation requirement—see the Heritage Act
2004, dictionary.
consolidation, for chapter 9 (Leases and licences)—see
section 226.
construct, for a building or structure, includes put up the
building or structure.
consultation comments, for part 5.3 (Variations of territory
plan other than technical amendments)—see section 62 (1) (b).
consultation notice, for part 5.3 (Variations of territory
plan other than technical amendments)—see section 62 (1).
consultation period, for part 5.3 (Variations of territory
plan other than technical amendments)—see section 62 (1) (a).
controlled activity—see section 332.
controlled activity order means an order made under part
11.3.
correctional centre, for schedule 4 (Development proposals in
impact track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4.
corresponding plan variation, for part 5.3 (Variations of
territory plan other than technical amendments)—see section 57.
custodian—see section 326.
custodianship map means the map created and notified under
section 327.
deal with a lease, for chapter 9 (Leases and
licences)—see section 226.
deciding a development application means approving (whether
subject to a condition or otherwise) or refusing the development
application.
decision-maker, for chapter 13 (Review of
decisions)—see section 400.
declared site—see the Tree Protection Act 2005,
dictionary.
defined period, for part 10.6 (Leases for public
land)—see section 328.
designated area—see the Australian Capital Territory
(Planning and Land Management) Act 1988 (Cwlth), section 4.
development, in relation to land—see section
7.
development application means an application in relation to a
development proposal made under chapter 7 (Development approvals).
development approval means development approval under chapter
7 (Development approvals).
development code—see section 54 (4).
development proposal means a proposal for development,
whether in a development application or otherwise.
development table, for a development or proposal, means the
development table in the territory plan that covers the zone in which the
development or proposal is to take place (see s 53).
discharge amount, for division 9.7.2 (Exceptions for rural
leases)—see section 275.
domestic water supply catchment, for schedule 4 (Development
proposals in impact track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4, section
4.1.
draft EIS, for chapter 8 (Environmental impact statements and
inquiries)—see section 210 (2) (a).
draft plan variation—see section 59.
ecological community, for schedule 4 (Development proposals
in impact track because of need for EIS)—see the Nature Conservation
Act 1980, dictionary.
EIS—see section 202.
eligible entity, for chapter 13 (Review of
decisions)—see section 400.
endangered, for schedule 4 (Development proposals in impact
track because of need for EIS)—see the Nature Conservation Act
1980, dictionary.
environment—each of the following is part of the
environment:
(a) the soil, atmosphere, water and other parts of the earth;
(b) organic and inorganic matter;
(c) living organisms;
(d) structures, and areas, that are manufactured or modified;
(e) ecosystems and parts of ecosystems, including people and
communities;
(f) qualities and characteristics of areas that contribute to their
biological diversity, ecological integrity, scientific value, heritage value and
amenity;
(g) interactions and interdependencies within and between the things
mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (f);
(h) social, aesthetic, cultural and economic characteristics that affect,
or are affected by, the things mentioned in paragraphs (a) to
(f).
Note Environmental has a corresponding meaning to
environment (see Legislation Act, s 157).
environmental impact statement means an EIS (see
s 202).
error variation, for part 5.4 (Plan
variations—technical amendments)—see section 86 (a).
estate development plan—see section 93.
exclusion application—see section 404 (3).
exempt, in relation to a development proposal or development,
means the development proposed or development is exempt from requiring
development approval under a development table or by regulation.
flora and fauna committee, for schedule 4 (Development
proposals in impact track because of need for EIS), means the Flora and Fauna
Committee established under the Nature Conservation Act 1980, section
13.
formal error means—
(a) a clerical error; or
(b) an error arising from an accidental slip or omission; or
(c) a defect of form.
future public land, for part 10.6 (Leases for public
land)—see section 328.
future urban area means an area of territory land identified
in the territory plan for future urban development.
general code—see section 54 (5).
heritage direction—see the Heritage Act 2004,
section 62.
holding period, for division 9.7.2 (Exceptions for rural
leases)—see section 275.
impact track—see section 111 (2) (c).
Note Div 7.2.4 deals with the impact track.
improvement, for part 9.8
(Leases—improvements)—see section 281.
in an assessment track—a development proposal is
in an assessment track if the assessment track applies to the
proposal.
inquiry means an inquiry into an EIS established under
section 221.
inspector means a person appointed under section
380.
interested person, for chapter 13 (Review of
decisions)—see section 400.
land agency means the Land Development Agency established
under section 30.
land agency board means the governing board of the land
agency.
land agency board member means a member of the land agency
board.
land management agreement means an agreement under
section 276.
Note A reference to an instrument (including a land management
agreement) includes a reference to the instrument as originally made and as
amended (see Legislation Act, s 102).
lease—see section 227.
leasehold, of a lessee, means the land held under the
lease.
lessee—
(a) for chapter 9 (Leases and licences)—see section 226;
and
(b) for part 9.8 (Leases—improvements)—see section
281.
limited consultation, for part 5.4 (Plan
variations—technical amendments)—see section 89.
major road, for schedule 4 (Development proposals in impact
track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4, section 4.1.
management objectives, for chapter 10 (Management of public
land)—see section 311.
market value, for chapter 9 (Leases and licences)—see
section 226.
market value lease means a lease other than a concessional
lease.
material detriment—see section 411.
merit criteria—see section 54 (1) (b) (Codes in
territory plan).
merit track—see section 111 (2) (b).
Note Div 7.2.3 deals with the merit track.
municipal waste, for schedule 4 (Development proposals in
impact track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4.
native vegetation, for schedule 4 (Development proposals in
impact track because of need for EIS)—see the Nature Conservation
Act 1980, section 73.
natural environment, for schedule 3 (Management objectives
for public land)—see section 311 (6).
nominal rent lease, for chapter 9 (Leases and
licences)—see section 226.
objectives, for a zone, means the objectives in the territory
plan for the zone (see s 50 (1) (b) and s 52).
occupier, for part 11.8 (Enforcement)—see section
379.
offence, for part 11.8 (Enforcement)—see section
379.
ongoing controlled activity order—see section
349.
original application, for division 7.3.10 (Reconsideration of
development applications for approval)—see section 185 (1) (a).
original decision, for division 7.3.10 (Reconsideration of
development applications for approval)—see section 185 (1) (a).
plan means the territory plan under section 45.
planning and land authority means the Planning and Land
Authority established under section 9 (1).
planning report—see section 96.
planning strategy means the planning strategy under section
104.
plan of management, for chapter 10 (Management of public
land)—see section 307.
plan variation, for part 5.3 (Variations of territory plan
other than technical amendments)—see section 57.
precinct code—see section 54 (3).
premises, for part 11.8 (Enforcement)—see section
379.
prohibited—
(a) development is prohibited if the development is
prohibited under the relevant development table; and
(b) a development proposal is prohibited if any part of the
development proposed by the proposal is prohibited.
proponent—
(a) for a development proposal, for chapter 8 (Environmental impact
statements and inquiries)—see section 200; or
(b) for part 10.4 (Plans of management for public land)—see section
312.
protected, for schedule 4 (Development proposals in impact
track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4, section 4.1.
provision of a lease, for chapter 9 (Leases and
licences)—see section 226.
public availability notice, for a draft plan variation, for
part 5.3 (Variations of territory plan other than technical
amendments)—see section 69.
public land means land identified by the territory plan as
public land.
publicly notifies, for chapter 7 (Development
applications)—see section 149.
public register means the register kept by the planning and
land authority under section 26.
reconsideration application, for division 7.3.10
(Reconsideration of development applications for approval)—see section 185
(3).
rectification work, for part 11.4—see section
358.
registered interest, in a lease, means an interest in the
lease registered under the Land Titles Act 1925.
registered lease, for chapter 9 (Leases and
licences)—see section 226.
registered proprietor, for chapter 9 (Leases and
licences)—see section 226.
registered tree—see the Tree Protection Act
2005, section 9.
regulated waste, for schedule 4 (Development proposals in
impact track because of need for EIS)—see the Environment Protection
Act 1997, schedule 1, section 1.1A.
relevant code, for a development proposal, means a code that
the relevant development table applies to the proposal.
relevant code requirements, for a development proposal, means
the code requirements that apply to the proposal in each relevant
code.
relevant development table, for a development proposal, means
the development table that applies to the proposal.
rental lease, for chapter 9 (Leases and licences)—see
section 226.
representation—
(a) about a development application, means a representation made under
section 153; or
(b) for chapter 8 (Environmental impact statements and
inquiries)—see section 200.
representative Aboriginal organisation—see the
Heritage Act 2004, section 14.
residential lease, for chapter 9 (Leases and
licences)—see section 226.
reviewable decision—see section 400.
rural lease, for chapter 9 (Leases and licences)—see
section 226.
scoping document, for chapter 8 (Environmental impact
statements and inquiries)—see section 206 (2) (b).
SEA means strategic environmental assessment.
sewage—see the Water and Sewerage Act 2000,
dictionary.
show cause notice—
(a) for division 11.3.1 (Controlled activity orders on
application)—see section 343 (3); and
(b) for division 11.3.2 (Controlled activity orders on authority’s
initiative)—see section 346 (2).
special protection status, for schedule 4 (Development
proposals in impact track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4, section
4.1.
statement of planning intent—see section 15 (Statement
of planning intent).
statement of strategic directions means the statement of
strategic directions in the territory plan (see s 50 and s 51).
strategic environmental assessment—see section
98.
structure plan—see section 91.
subdivision, for chapter 9 (Leases and licences)—see
section 226.
sublease, for chapter 9 (Leases and licences)—see
section 226.
sublessee, for chapter 9 (Leases and licences)—see
section 226.
sustainable development—see section 8.
tax includes duty, fee or charge.
technical amendments—see section 86.
territory plan means the territory plan under section
45.
territory plan map—see section 50 (1) (e).
the inter-generational equity principle—see section
8.
the precautionary principle—see section 8.
threatening process, for schedule 4 (Development proposals in
impact track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4.
tree management plan—see the Tree Protection Act
2005, dictionary.
undertaken, for part 9.8
(Leases—improvements)—see section 281.
variation, of a plan of management for chapter 10 (Management
of public land)—see section 307.
vulnerable, for schedule 4 (Development proposals in impact
track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4, section 4.1.
water sensitive urban design, for schedule 4 (Development
proposals in impact track because of need for EIS)—see schedule 4, section
4.1.
zone means a zone identified in the territory plan.
Endnotes
1 Presentation speech
Presentation speech made in the Legislative Assembly on 2006.
2 Notification
Notified under the Legislation Act on 2006.
3 Republications of amended laws
For the latest republication of amended laws, see
www.legislation.act.gov.au.
© Australian Capital Territory
2006
[Index]
[Search]
[Download]
[Related Items]
[Help]